BUNGE LTD filed this S-4 on Aug 13, 2004
BUNGE LTD (Form: S-4, Received: 08/13/2004 17:31:29)
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2004

Registration No. 333-              



SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Bunge Limited Finance Corp.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter and translation of Registrant's name into English)
  Bunge Limited
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter and translation of Registrant's name into English)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
  2070
(Primary standard Industrial Classification Code Number)
  26-002-1554
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
  Bermuda
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
  2070
(Primary standard Industrial Classification Code Number)
  98-0231912
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

50 Main Street
White Plains, New York 10606
(914) 684-2800

(Address and telephone number of Registrant's principal executive offices)


Bunge Limited
50 Main Street
White Plains, New York 10606
Attention: Carla L. Heiss, Assistant General Counsel
(914) 684-2800

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)


with a copy to:
Andrew B. Jánszky
Shearman & Sterling LLP
599 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10022
(212) 848-4000


         Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:     As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

        If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered

  Amount to be Registered
  Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price Per Unit

  Proposed
Maximum
Offering Aggregate Price(1)

  Amount of
Registration
Fee(2)


5.35% Senior Notes due 2014 of Bunge Limited Finance Corp   $500,000,000   100%   $500,000,000   $63,350

Guarantee of Bunge Limited        

(1)
Estimated solely for the purposes of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2)
Calculated based upon the market value of the securities to be received by the registrants in the exchange in accordance with Rule 457(f). Pursuant to Rule 457(n), no registration fee will be paid in connection with the guarantee.


         The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.




The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, dated August 13, 2004

PROSPECTUS

$500,000,000

BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

5.35% Senior Notes due 2014
that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933
for any and all
Unregistered 5.35% Senior Notes due 2014


Fully and Unconditionally Guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest by

BUNGE LIMITED


TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

        This prospectus and accompanying letter of transmittal relate to the proposed offer by Bunge Limited Finance Corp. to exchange up to $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 5.35% senior notes due 2014, which are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for any and all of its 5.35% senior notes due 2014 that were issued on April 13, 2004. The exchange senior notes are unconditionally guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest by Bunge Limited. Bunge Limited Finance Corp. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Bunge Limited. The unregistered senior notes have certain transfer restrictions. The exchange senior notes will be freely transferable.

    THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON            , 2004, UNLESS WE EXTEND THE OFFER.

    Tenders of outstanding unregistered senior notes may be withdrawn at any time before 5:00 p.m. on the date the exchange offer expires.

    All outstanding unregistered senior notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be exchanged.

    The terms of the exchange senior notes to be issued are substantially similar to the unregistered senior notes, except they are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, do not have any transfer restrictions and do not have registration rights or rights to additional interest.

    The exchange of senior notes will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

    Neither Bunge Limited Finance Corp. nor Bunge Limited will receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

    The exchange senior notes will not be listed on any exchange.

         Please see "Risk Factors" beginning on page 10 for a discussion of certain factors you should consider in connection with the exchange offer.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the securities to be distributed in the exchange offer, nor have any of these organizations determined that this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is            , 2004.


        Each holder of an unregistered senior note wishing to accept the exchange offer must deliver the unregistered senior note to be exchanged, together with the letter of transmittal that accompanies this prospectus and any other required documentation, to the exchange agent identified in this prospectus. Alternatively, you may effect a tender of unregistered senior notes by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent's account at The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") or by book-entry transfer at Clearstream Banking, société anonyme ("Clearstream Banking") or Euroclear Bank S.A./N.A., as operator of the Euroclear System ("Euroclear"). All deliveries are at the risk of the holder. You can find detailed instructions concerning delivery in the section called "The Exchange Offer" in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal.

        If you are a broker-dealer that receives exchange senior notes for your own account, you must acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange senior notes. The letter of transmittal accompanying this prospectus states that, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, you will not be deemed to admit that you are an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933. You may use this prospectus, as we may amend or supplement it in the future, for your resales of exchange senior notes. We will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale for a period of 180 days after the date of consummation of this exchange offer.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements   ii
Where You Can Find More Information   iii
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference   iii
Summary   1
Summary of the Exchange Offer   3
Summary Description of the Exchange Senior Notes   7
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges   9
Risk Factors   10
Capitalization   12
Use of Proceeds   13
The Exchange Offer   14
Description of the Senior Notes   25
Book-Entry; Delivery and Form   39
Description of Master Trust Structure   42
Taxation   44
Plan of Distribution   49
Enforcement of Civil Liabilities   50
Legal Matters   50
Experts   50

        You should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different or additional information. If anyone provides you with different or additional information, you should not rely on it. You should assume that the information contained in or incorporated by reference in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus or the date of the document incorporated by reference. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since then. Neither Bunge Limited Finance Corp. nor Bunge Limited is making an offer of the senior notes in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

i



        References to "Bunge Limited Finance" mean Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and references to "Bunge," "we", "us" and "our" in this prospectus mean, unless otherwise indicated, Bunge Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Bunge Limited Finance Corp. Whenever we refer in this prospectus to the 5.35% senior notes due 2014 issued on April 13, 2004, we will refer to them as the "unregistered senior notes." Whenever we refer in this prospectus to the registered 5.35% senior notes due 2014, we will refer to them as the "exchange senior notes." The unregistered senior notes and the exchange senior notes are collectively referred to as the "senior notes." References to "$" and "dollars" are to United States dollars.


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus include forward-looking statements that reflect our current expectations and projections about our future results, performance, prospects and opportunities. We have tried to identify these forward-looking statements by using words including "may," "will," "expect," "anticipate," "believe," "intend," "estimate," "continue" and similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual results, performance, prospects or opportunities, as well as those of the markets we serve or intend to serve, to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. These factors include the risks, uncertainties, trends and other factors discussed under the heading "Risk Factors" in this prospectus and in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, which is incorporated herein by reference, under the headings "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Item 1. Business—Business Overview" and elsewhere. Examples of forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical in nature, including statements regarding:

    our operations, competitive position, strategy and prospects;

    industry conditions, including the cyclicality of the agribusiness industry and unpredictability of the weather;

    estimated demand for the commodities and other products that we sell and use in our business;

    the effects of adverse economic, political or social conditions and changes in foreign exchange policy or rates;

    our ability to complete, integrate and benefit from acquisitions, joint ventures and strategic alliances;

    governmental policies affecting our business, including agricultural and trade policies and laws governing environmental liabilities;

    our funding needs and financing sources; and

    the outcome of pending regulatory and legal proceedings.

        In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, you should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Additional risks that we may currently deem immaterial or that are not presently known to us could also cause the forward-looking events discussed in this prospectus or incorporated by reference therein not to occur. Except as otherwise required by applicable securities laws, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, changed circumstances or any other reason after the date of this prospectus.

        The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a "safe harbor" for forward-looking statements to encourage companies to provide prospective information about their companies without

ii



fear of litigation. We would like to take advantage of the "safe harbor" provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act in connection with the forward-looking statements included in this document.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We are now subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, generally applicable to companies incorporated in the United States, which means we will file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K as we no longer meet the foreign share ownership requirements applicable to foreign private issuers under the Exchange Act. On July 27, 2004, we voluntarily filed with the SEC an Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 and a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three-month period ended March 31, 2004, and on August 9, 2004, we filed with the SEC a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three- and six-month periods ended June 30, 2004. Please see "Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference." Our Annual Report on Form 10-K contains our audited consolidated financial statements.

        Bunge Limited Finance's financial condition, results of operations and cash flows are consolidated in our financial statements. Bunge Limited Finance is not required under the Exchange Act to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Accordingly, Bunge Limited Finance does not file separate financial statements with the SEC.

        You may read any document we file with the SEC, including the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, at the SEC's public reference rooms at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms. In addition, the SEC maintains an internet website at www.sec.gov, from which you can electronically access our filings. Copies of reports and other information may also be inspected in the offices of the New York Stock Exchange, 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.


INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

        We are incorporating by reference into this prospectus certain information that we file with the SEC, which means that we are disclosing to you important information about us and our financial condition not contained in this prospectus by referring you to those documents that are considered part of this prospectus. This prospectus incorporates by reference the documents set forth below that we have previously filed with the SEC.

    Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, filed on July 27, 2004;

    Our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the three-month period ended March 31, 2004 and the three- and six-month periods ended June 30, 2004, filed on Form 10-Q on July 27, 2004 and August 9, 2004, respectively; and

    Our current reports on Form 8-K filed on July 27, 2004, and under Item 5. on July 29, 2004.

        All documents that we will file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of this prospectus and prior to the termination of any offering of securities offered by this prospectus shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and to be a part of, this prospectus from the date such documents are filed. Bunge Limited's file number for documents filed under the Exchange Act is 001-16625.

        We will provide, without charge, to any person who receives a copy of this prospectus, upon such recipient's written or oral request, a copy of any document this prospectus incorporates by reference,

iii



other than exhibits to such incorporated documents, unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference in such incorporated document, until the exchange offer is complete. Requests should be directed to:

Bunge Limited
50 Main Street
White Plains, New York 10606
Attention: Investor Relations
(914) 684-2800

         Any request for documents should be made by            , 2004 to ensure timely delivery of the documents prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

        Any statement contained in this prospectus or in a document incorporated by reference into this prospectus shall be deemed to be modified or superseded to the extent that such statement is made in any subsequently filed document. Any such statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this prospectus.

iv



SUMMARY

         The following summary highlights selected information from this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before participating in this exchange offer. You should read carefully the entire prospectus, accompanying letter of transmittal and documents incorporated by reference.


Bunge Limited Finance Corp.

        Bunge Limited Finance Corp. is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Bunge Limited and was formed for the sole purpose of issuing the debt of Bunge, other than commercial paper, and investing the proceeds of the issuances in a master trust facility that Bunge has created to centralize its financing operations. The master trust, in turn, acquires loans made to Bunge Limited and certain of its subsidiaries with the proceeds from debt incurred by Bunge through Bunge Limited Finance and other finance subsidiaries. Bunge Limited Finance's only assets are a trust certificate entitling it to a fractional undivided interest in the pool of intercompany loans held by the Bunge master trust facility and any related hedging instruments. Among other things, the master trust facility is intended to allow creditors of Bunge Limited Finance, including holders of the senior notes, to have the benefit of claims in respect of Bunge's subsidiaries which are equal in right of payment to indebtedness owed or payable to other creditors of these subsidiaries. See "Description of Master Trust Structure" for a discussion of the Bunge master trust facility and the assets it holds. Bunge Limited Finance is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware.


Bunge Limited

        Bunge Limited has fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the exchange senior notes offered hereby when due and payable. Bunge Limited is a limited liability company formed under the laws of Bermuda.

        We are an integrated, global agribusiness and food company operating in the farm-to-consumer food chain, with operations ranging from sales of raw materials such as grains and fertilizers to retail food products such as margarine and mayonnaise. We have primary operations in North America, South America and Europe and worldwide distribution capabilities. In 2003 and for the six months ended June 30, 2004, we had total net sales of $22,165 million and $12,396 million, respectively. We believe we are:

    the world's leading oilseed processing company, based on processing capacity;

    the largest processor of soybeans in the Americas and one of the world's leading exporters of soybean products, based on volume;

    the largest producer and supplier of fertilizer to farmers in South America, based on volume; and

    the leading seller of bottled vegetable oils worldwide, based on sales.

        We conduct our operations in three divisions: agribusiness, fertilizer and food products, which divisions include four reporting segments—agribusiness, fertilizer, edible oil products and milling products. Our agribusiness division is an integrated business involved in the purchase, sale and processing of grains and oilseeds. Our agribusiness operations and assets are primarily located in the United States, Brazil, Argentina and Europe, and we have international marketing offices throughout the world. In 2003, the net sales in our agribusiness division were $17,345 million, or 78% of our total net sales, and the operating profit of our agribusiness segment was $274 million. For the six months ended June 30, 2004, the net sales in our agribusiness division were $9,153 million, or 74% of our total net sales, and the operating profit of our agribusiness segment was $180 million.

1



        Our fertilizer division is involved in every stage of the fertilizer business, from mining of raw materials to the sale of fertilizer products. The activities of our fertilizer division are primarily located in Brazil and Argentina. In 2003, net sales in our fertilizer division were $1,954 million, or 9% of our total net sales, and the operating profit of our fertilizer segment was $242 million. For the six months ended June 30, 2004, net sales in our fertilizer division were $890 million, or 7% of our total net sales, and the operating profit of our fertilizer segment was $108 million.

        Our food products division consists of two business lines: edible oil products and milling products. These businesses produce and sell food products such as edible oils, shortenings, margarine, mayonnaise and milled products such as wheat flours and corn products. The activities of our food products division are primarily located in North America, Europe, Brazil and India. In 2003, net sales in our food products division were $2,866 million, or 13% of our total net sales. For the six months ended June 30, 2004, net sales in our food products division were $2,353 million, or 19% of our total net sales. In 2003, the operating profit of our edible oil products segment and our milling products segment was $64 million and $30 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2004, the operating profit of our edible oil products segment and our milling products segment was $47 million and $19 million, respectively.


        Bunge Limited Finance and Bunge Limited have their principal executive offices and corporate headquarters at 50 Main Street, White Plains, New York 10606, and their telephone number is (914) 684-2800. Bunge Limited's registered office is located at 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM 11, Bermuda.

        Bunge's website address is www.bunge.com. Information contained in or connected to Bunge's website is not a part of this prospectus.

2



SUMMARY OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

        On April 13, 2004, Bunge Limited Finance issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of unregistered 5.35% senior notes due 2014. The unregistered senior notes are fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest by Bunge Limited. On the same day, we and the initial purchasers of the unregistered senior notes entered into an exchange and registration rights agreement in which we agreed that you, as a holder of unregistered senior notes, would be entitled to exchange your unregistered senior notes for exchange senior notes registered under the Securities Act but otherwise having substantially identical terms to the unregistered senior notes. This exchange offer is intended to satisfy these rights. After the exchange offer is completed, you will no longer be entitled to any registration rights with respect to your senior notes. The exchange senior notes will be our obligations and will be entitled to the benefits of the indenture relating to the senior notes. The exchange senior notes will also be fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest by Bunge Limited. The form and terms of the exchange senior notes are identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the unregistered senior notes, except that the exchange senior notes have been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will contain no restrictive legends; the exchange senior notes will not have registration rights; and the exchange senior notes will not have rights to additional interest. For additional information on the terms of this exchange offer, see "The Exchange Offer."

The Exchange Offer   Bunge Limited Finance is offering to exchange each $1,000 principal amount of its 5.35% senior notes due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for each $1,000 principal amount of its outstanding unregistered 5.35% senior notes due 2014 that were issued on April 13, 2004. As of the date of this prospectus, $500 million in principal amount of its unregistered senior notes is outstanding.
Expiration of the Exchange Offer   The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on            , 2004, unless we decide to extend the exchange offer.
Conditions of the Exchange Offer   Bunge Limited Finance will not be required to accept for exchange any unregistered senior notes, and Bunge Limited Finance may amend or terminate the exchange offer if any of the following conditions or events occurs:
      the exchange offer or the making of any exchange by a holder of unregistered senior notes violates applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC;
      any action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened with respect to the exchange offer which, in Bunge Limited Finance's reasonable judgment, would impair its ability to proceed with the exchange offer; and
      any law, rule or regulation or applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC have been issued or promulgated which, in Bunge Limited Finance's good faith determination, does not permit it to effect the exchange offer.
         

3


    Bunge Limited Finance will give oral or written notice of any non-acceptance, amendment or termination to the registered holders of the unregistered senior notes as promptly as practicable. Bunge Limited Finance reserves the right to waive any conditions of the exchange offer.
Resale of Exchange Senior Notes   Based on interpretative letters of the SEC staff to third parties unrelated to us, Bunge Limited Finance believes that you can resell and transfer the exchange senior notes you receive pursuant to this exchange offer without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that:
      any exchange senior notes to be received by you will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;
      you are not engaged in, do not intend to engage in and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to engage in the distribution of the unregistered senior notes or exchange senior notes;
      you are not an "affiliate" (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited or, if you are such an affiliate, you will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable;
      if you are a broker-dealer, you have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited or any "affiliate" of Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) to distribute the exchange senior notes;
      if you are a broker-dealer and you will receive exchange senior notes for your own account in exchange for unregistered senior notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange senior notes; and
      you are not acting on behalf of any person or entity that could not truthfully make these representations.
    If you wish to accept the exchange offer, you must represent to Bunge Limited Finance that these conditions have been met.
         

4


    If Bunge Limited Finance's belief is inaccurate and you transfer any exchange senior note without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or without an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, you may incur liability under the Securities Act. Bunge Limited Finance does not assume or indemnify you against such liability.
Accrued Interest on the Exchange Senior Notes and Unregistered Senior Notes   The exchange senior notes will accrue interest from and including April 13, 2004. Bunge Limited Finance will pay interest on the exchange senior notes semiannually on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing October 15, 2004.
    Holders of unregistered senior notes that are accepted for exchange will be deemed to have waived the right to receive any payment in respect of interest accrued from the date of the last interest payment date in respect of the unregistered senior notes until the date of the issuance of the exchange senior notes. Consequently, holders of exchange senior notes will receive the same interest payments that they would have received had they not accepted the exchange offer.
Procedures for Tendering Unregistered Senior Notes   If you wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must:
      transmit a properly completed and signed letter of transmittal, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, to the exchange agent at the address set forth in the letter of transmittal. These materials must be received by the exchange agent before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on            , 2004, the expiration date of the exchange offer. You must also provide physical delivery of your unregistered senior notes to the exchange agent's address as set forth in the letter of transmittal. The letter of transmittal must also contain the representations you must make to us as described under "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering"; or
      you may effect a tender of unregistered senior notes electronically by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent's account at DTC and through Clearstream Banking or Euroclear pursuant to established procedures between DTC and Euroclear or Clearstream Banking. By tendering the unregistered senior notes by book-entry transfer, you must agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal.
         

5


Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners   If you are a beneficial owner of unregistered senior notes that are held through a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender such unregistered senior notes, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct them to tender your unregistered senior notes on your behalf.
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures for Unregistered Senior Notes   If you cannot meet the expiration deadline, or you cannot deliver on time your unregistered senior notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documentation, or comply on time with DTC's, Euroclear's or Clearstream Banking's respective standard operating procedures for electronic tenders, you may tender your unregistered senior notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth under "The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."
Withdrawal Rights   You may withdraw the tender of your unregistered senior notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on            , 2004, the expiration date.
Consequences of Failure to Exchange   If you are eligible to participate in this exchange offer and you do not tender your unregistered senior notes as described in this prospectus, your unregistered senior notes will continue to be subject to transfer restrictions. As a result of the transfer restrictions and the availability of exchange senior notes, the market for the unregistered senior notes is likely to be much less liquid than before this exchange offer. The unregistered senior notes will, after this exchange offer, bear interest at the same rate as the exchange senior notes.
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences   The exchange of the unregistered senior notes for exchange senior notes pursuant to the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Use of Proceeds   Neither Bunge Limited Finance nor Bunge Limited will receive any proceeds from the issuance of exchange senior notes pursuant to the exchange offer.
Exchange Agent for Unregistered Senior Notes   SunTrust Bank, the trustee under the indenture for the unregistered senior notes, is serving as the exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer. SunTrust Bank can be reached c/o Law Debenture Corporate Services Inc., 767 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10017, facsimile number (212) 750-1361, or by contacting Esther Fannin at telephone number (404) 588-7063.

6



SUMMARY DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE SENIOR NOTES

         The following summarized description of the exchange senior notes is subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. For additional information on the terms of the exchange senior notes, see "Description of the Senior Notes."

Issuer   Bunge Limited Finance Corp.

Guarantor

 

Bunge Limited

Exchange Senior Notes

 

$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of registered 5.35% senior notes due 2014

Maturity Date

 

April 15, 2014

Interest

 

5.35% per annum, payable semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15, commencing on October 15, 2004

Ranking

 

The exchange senior notes will be unsecured obligations of Bunge Limited Finance and will rank equally in right of payment with all other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of Bunge Limited Finance.

Guarantee

 

All payments on the exchange senior notes, including principal and interest, will be fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by Bunge Limited. Bunge Limited's guarantee will rank equally in right of payment with its other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and guarantees.

Further Issuances

 

Bunge Limited Finance may, without the consent of the holders of the exchange senior notes, from time to time issue other senior notes, including senior notes of the same series that have the same ranking as the exchange senior notes.

Optional Redemption

 

Bunge Limited Finance may redeem any of the exchange senior notes at any time, in whole or in part, in cash at the redemption prices described in this prospectus, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

Certain Covenants

 

The indenture governing the exchange senior notes contains covenants that limit Bunge Limited Finance's ability to engage in any transactions other than those allowed under the master trust facility as described in "Description of Master Trust Structure." The indenture also contains covenants that, among other things, limit Bunge Limited's ability, and the ability of certain of its subsidiaries, to:

 

 


    incur certain liens;

 

 


    engage in sale-leaseback transactions; or
       

7



 

 


    merge, amalgamate or consolidate or sell all or substantially all of its assets.

 

 

These limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. See "Description of the Senior Notes—Covenants."

Trustee

 

SunTrust Bank

Listing

 

The exchange senior notes will not be listed on an exchange.

Use of Proceeds

 

Neither Bunge Limited Finance nor Bunge Limited will receive any proceeds from the issuance of exchange senior notes pursuant to the exchange offer.

8



RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

        The ratio of earnings to fixed charges for Bunge are set forth below for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and for each year in the five-year period ended December 31, 2003.

        For purposes of computing the following ratios, earnings are defined as income before taxes plus fixed charges and amortization of capitalized interest less capitalized interest and preferred stock dividend requirements. Fixed charges consists of interest (capitalized and expensed), amortization of deferred debt issuance costs, that portion of rental expense that is representative of the interest factor and preferred stock dividend requirements of majority-owned subsidiaries.

 
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2004

  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999(1)
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges   3.6x   3.8x   3.3x   1.9x   1.2x   0.9x

(1)
Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $24 million.

9



RISK FACTORS

         You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below in addition to all the other information included or incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including under the heading "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Risk Factors" in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, before deciding to invest in the senior notes. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of the risks and uncertainties described herein or therein. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our financial condition and business operations.

Risks Relating to the Senior Notes

We are dependent on access to external sources of financing to acquire and maintain the inventory, facilities and equipment necessary to run our business.

        We require significant amounts of capital to operate our business and fund capital expenditures. We require significant working capital to purchase, process and market our agricultural commodities inventories. An interruption of our access to short-term credit or a significant increase in our cost of credit could materially increase our interest expense and impair our ability to compete effectively in our business.

        We operate an extensive network of storage facilities, processing plants, refineries, mills, mines, ports, transportation assets and other facilities as part of our business. We are required to make substantial capital expenditures to maintain, upgrade and expand these facilities to keep pace with competitive developments, technological advances and changing safety standards in our industry. Significant unbudgeted increases in our capital expenditures could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if we are unable to continue devoting substantial resources to maintaining and enhancing our infrastructure, we may not be able to compete effectively.

        Our future funding requirements will depend, in large part, on our working capital requirements and the nature of our capital expenditures. In addition, the expansion of our business and pursuit of business opportunities may require us to have access to significant amounts of capital. As of June 30, 2004, we had approximately $3.6 billion in total indebtedness. Our indebtedness could limit our ability to obtain additional financing, limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in the markets in which we compete, place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less leveraged than we are and require us to dedicate more cash on a relative basis to servicing our debt and less to developing our business. This may limit our ability to run our business and use our resources in the manner in which we would like.

The senior notes are effectively subordinated to our secured debt.

        The senior notes are not secured by any of our assets. Therefore, in the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization, holders of our secured debt will have claims with respect to the assets securing their debt that have priority over your claims as noteholders. As of June 30, 2004, we had $370 million of long-term debt that is secured by certain land, property, equipment, investments in our consolidated subsidiaries and export commodity contracts having a net carrying value of $595 million. To the extent that the value of the secured assets is insufficient to repay our secured debt, holders of secured debt would be entitled to share in any of our remaining assets equally with you and any other unsecured lenders.

10



We are a holding company and depend upon funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations under the guarantee of the senior notes.

        We are a holding company and our only significant assets are our investments in our subsidiaries. As a holding company, we are dependent upon dividends, loans or advances, or other intercompany transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations, including our obligations under the guarantee. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends and make other payments to us may be restricted by, among other things, applicable laws as well as agreements to which those subsidiaries may be party. Therefore, our ability to make payments with respect to the guarantee may be limited.

        The master trust facility is intended, among other things, to allow creditors of Bunge Limited Finance, including holders of the senior notes, to have the benefit of claims on our subsidiaries that are obligated under the intercompany loans which are equal in right of payment to indebtedness owed or payable to third party creditors of these subsidiaries. To the extent that other creditors or third parties have superior rights of payment with respect to the claims against a particular subsidiary under laws of its jurisdiction or for any other reason, then the claims of the master trust for the benefit of the holders of the senior notes may be subject to the rights of such other creditors or third parties against the assets and earnings of that subsidiary.

An active trading market for the senior notes may not develop.

        Prior to the initial placement of the unregistered senior notes, there was no trading market for the unregistered senior notes. Although the broker dealers that acted as initial purchasers when the unregistered senior notes were initially issued advised us at the time the unregistered senior notes were issued that they intended to make a market in the senior notes, they are not obligated to do so, and any market-making with respect to the senior notes may be discontinued at any time without notice. In addition, their market-making activity may be subject to the limits imposed by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. Accordingly, we cannot provide you with any assurance regarding whether a trading market for the senior notes will develop or as to the liquidity or sustainability of any such market, the ability of holders to sell their senior notes or the price at which holders may be able to sell their senior notes. If a market were to develop, the senior notes could trade at prices that may be higher or lower than the offering price depending on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, our financial performance, developments in the industries in which we conduct business, changes in the overall market for investment grade securities and changes in the market price of our common shares. If no active trading market develops, you may not be able to resell your senior notes at their fair market value or at all.

        We have not listed, and do not intend to list, the exchange senior notes on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system.

11



CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of June 30, 2004. This table should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003 included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2004 included in our Quarterly Report on 10-Q. See "Incorporate of Certain Documents by Reference."

 
  As of June 30, 2004
 
 
  (US$ in millions, except
share data)

 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 524  
   
 
Debt:        
Short-term debt, including current portion of long-term debt     792  
Long-term debt:        
  Secured     370  
  Unsecured     220  
  6.31% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series A, due 2007     82  
  6.78% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series B, due 2009     53  
  7.44% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series C, due 2012     351  
  7.80% Senior Notes due 2012     200  
  3.75% Convertible Notes due 2022     250  
  5.875% Senior Notes due 2013     300  
  4.375% Senior Notes due 2008     500  
  5.35% Senior Notes due 2014     500  
   
 
    Total long-term debt   $ 2,826  
Redeemable preferred stock     171  
Minority interest     334  
Shareholders' equity:        
Preference shares, par value $.01; 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted      
Common shares, par value $.01; 240,000,000 shares authorized; 110,004,439 shares issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted (1)     1  
Additional paid in capital     2,348  
Retained earnings     1,182  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (749 )
   
 
  Total shareholders' equity     2,782  
   
 
    Total capitalization   $ 6,905  
   
 

(1)
The number of shares outstanding excludes 4,389,293 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options, the issuance of 777,100 shares issuable in respect of time-vested regular and performance-based restricted stock units and, with respect to performance-based restricted stock units, assumes all participants elect to receive shares and no adjustment by the compensation committee of the board of directors, and also excludes 7,778,425 shares issuable upon conversion of our 3.75% convertible notes due 2022, which notes are presently not convertible at the option of the holder.

12



USE OF PROCEEDS

        Neither Bunge Limited Finance nor Bunge Limited will receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. In consideration for issuing the exchange senior notes contemplated by this prospectus, Bunge Limited Finance will receive unregistered senior notes from you in like principal amount. The unregistered senior notes surrendered in exchange for exchange senior notes will be retired and canceled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, the issuance of the exchange senior notes will not result in any change in our indebtedness.

13



THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose and Effect of Exchange Offer; Registration Rights

        Bunge Limited Finance sold the unregistered senior notes to Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, BNP Paribas Securities Corp., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., Rabo Securities USA, Inc. and SG Cowen Securities Corporation, as the initial purchasers, pursuant to a purchase agreement dated April 7, 2004. The initial purchasers resold the unregistered senior notes pursuant to an offering memorandum dated April 7, 2004 in reliance on Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act. On April 13, 2004, we entered into an exchange and registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers. Under the exchange and registration rights agreement, we agreed:

    to file with the SEC a registration statement relating to the exchange offer under the Securities Act no later than September 10, 2004;

    to use our reasonable best efforts to cause the exchange offer registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or before October 10, 2004; and

    to use our reasonable best efforts to cause the exchange offer to be consummated as promptly as practicable following the date of effectiveness of the exchange offer registration statement, but not later than November 9, 2004.

        If you participate in the exchange offer, you will, with limited exceptions, receive exchange senior notes that are freely tradable and not subject to restrictions on transfer. You should read the information in this prospectus under the heading "—Resale of Exchange Senior Notes" for more information relating to your ability to transfer exchange senior notes.

        The exchange offer is not being made to, nor will Bunge Limited Finance accept tenders for exchange from, holders of unregistered senior notes in any jurisdiction in which the exchange offer or the acceptance of the exchange offer would not be in compliance with the securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdiction.

        If you are eligible to participate in this exchange offer and you do not tender your unregistered senior notes as described in this prospectus, you will not have any further registration rights. In that case, your unregistered senior notes will continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act.

Shelf Registration

        In the exchange and registration rights agreement, we agreed to file a shelf registration statement only if:

    there is a change in law or applicable interpretations of the law by the staff of the SEC, and as a result we are not permitted to effect the exchange offer as contemplated by the exchange and registration rights agreement;

    for any other reason the exchange offer is not consummated by November 9, 2004;

    any initial purchaser so requests within 210 days after the consummation of the exchange offer with respect to unregistered senior notes not eligible to be exchanged for exchange senior notes in the exchange offer and held by it following the consummation of the exchange offer;

    any applicable law or interpretations do not permit any holder of unregistered senior notes (other than an initial purchaser) to participate in the exchange offer; or

    any holder (other than an initial purchaser) of unregistered senior notes that participates in the exchange offer does not receive freely transferable exchange senior notes in exchange for unregistered senior notes.

14


        If a shelf registration statement is required, we will use our reasonable best efforts to:

    file the shelf registration statement with the SEC as promptly as practicable (but in no event more than 60 days after such filing obligation arises);

    use our reasonable efforts to cause the shelf registration statement to be declared effective; and

    use our reasonable efforts to keep the shelf registration statement effective until the earliest of (1) April 13, 2006, (2) the date on which all of the unregistered senior notes covered by the shelf registration statement have been sold pursuant thereto, or (3) the date on which the unregistered senior notes covered by the shelf registration statement become eligible for resale without volume restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

        During any 365-day period, we will have the ability to suspend the availability of the shelf registration statement for up to four periods of up to 30 consecutive days, but no more than an aggregate of 90 days during any 365-day period, if any event occurs or is pending as a result of which it is necessary, in the reasonable judgment of our board of directors upon advice of counsel, to suspend the use of the shelf registration statement.

        The shelf registration statement will permit only certain holders to resell their unregistered senior notes from time to time. In particular, Bunge Limited Finance may require that each holder furnish to us such information concerning the holder and the distribution of their unregistered senior notes, and Bunge Limited Finance may exclude from registration the unregistered senior notes of any holder that fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving the request.

        If we are required to file a shelf registration statement, Bunge Limited Finance will provide to each holder of unregistered senior notes that are covered by the shelf registration statement copies of the prospectus that is a part of the shelf registration statement and notify each such holder when the shelf registration statement becomes effective. A holder who sells unregistered senior notes pursuant to the shelf registration statement will be required to be named as a selling securityholder in the prospectus and to deliver a copy of the prospectus to purchasers. Such holder will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales, and will be bound by the provisions of the exchange and registration rights agreement which are applicable to such a holder (including the applicable indemnification obligations).

Additional Interest

        If a registration default (as defined below) occurs, we will be required to pay additional interest to each holder of unregistered senior notes. During the first 90-day period that a registration default occurs, we will pay additional interest equal to 0.25% per annum, which will increase by an additional 0.25% per annum during each subsequent 90-day period, up to a maximum of 0.50% per annum, until each registration default has been cured. Such additional interest will accrue only for those days that a registration default occurs and is continuing. Following the cure of all registration defaults, no more additional interest will accrue. You will not be entitled to receive any additional interest if you failed to comply with your obligations to make certain representations or provide certain information as required in the exchange and registration rights agreement.

        A "registration default" includes any of the following:

    we fail to file any of the registration statements required by the exchange and registration rights agreement on or before the date specified for such filing;

    any of such registration statements is not declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the date specified for such effectiveness;

    we fail to complete the exchange offer on or prior to the date specified for such completion and a shelf registration statement has not been filed; or

15


    the shelf registration statement is filed and declared effective prior to the date specified for effectiveness but thereafter ceases to be effective at any time that we are obligated to maintain its effectiveness or use of the shelf registration statement or related prospectus is suspended for one or more periods longer than permitted under the exchange and registration rights agreement.

        The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our exchange offer obligations under the exchange and registration rights agreement. The exchange senior notes will not have rights to additional interest as set forth above, upon the consummation of the exchange offer. The above summary of the exchange and registration rights agreement is not complete and is subject to, and qualified by reference to, all the provisions of the exchange and registration rights agreement. A copy of the exchange and registration rights agreement is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

        Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal, Bunge Limited Finance is offering to exchange $1,000 principal amount of exchange senior notes for each $1,000 principal amount of unregistered senior notes. You may tender some or all of your unregistered senior notes only in integral multiples of $1,000. As of the date of this prospectus, $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the unregistered senior notes are outstanding.

        The terms of the exchange senior notes to be issued are substantially similar to the unregistered senior notes, except that the exchange senior notes will have been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, the certificates for the exchange senior notes will not bear legends restricting their transfer. The exchange senior notes will not have registration rights and the exchange senior notes will not have rights to additional interest. The exchange senior notes will be issued under and be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture, dated as of April 13, 2004, among Bunge Limited Finance, as issuer, Bunge Limited, as guarantor, and SunTrust Bank, as trustee.

        In connection with the issuance of the unregistered senior notes, Bunge Limited Finance arranged for the unregistered senior notes to be issued and transferable in book-entry form through the facilities of DTC, acting as a depositary, and through Euroclear and Clearstream Banking, pursuant to established procedures between DTC and Euroclear or Clearstream Banking. The exchange senior notes will also be issuable and transferable in book-entry form through DTC and through Euroclear and Clearstream Banking, pursuant to established procedures between DTC and Euroclear or Clearstream Banking.

        There will be no fixed record date for determining the eligible holders of the unregistered senior notes that are entitled to participate in the exchange offer. Bunge Limited Finance will be deemed to have accepted for exchange validly tendered unregistered senior notes when and if it has given oral (promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice of acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders of unregistered senior notes for the purpose of receiving exchange senior notes from us and delivering them to such holders.

        If any tendered unregistered senior notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender or the occurrence of certain other events described herein, certificates for any such unaccepted unregistered senior notes will be returned, without expenses, to the tendering holder thereof as promptly as practicable after the expiration of the exchange offer.

        Holders of unregistered senior notes who tender in the exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of unregistered senior notes for exchange senior notes pursuant to the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes, in connection with the exchange offer. It is important that you read the section "Fees and Expenses" below for more details regarding fees and expenses incurred in the exchange offer.

16



        Any unregistered senior notes which holders do not tender or which Bunge Limited Finance does not accept in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and will be subject to restrictions on transfer. Bunge Limited Finance does not have any obligation to register such unregistered senior notes under the Securities Act. Holders wishing to transfer unregistered senior notes would have to rely on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

Conditions of the Exchange Offer

        You must tender your unregistered senior notes in accordance with the requirements of this prospectus and the letter of transmittal in order to participate in the exchange offer. Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, or any extension of the exchange offer, Bunge Limited Finance will not be required to accept for exchange any unregistered senior notes, and may amend or terminate the exchange offer if:

    the exchange offer, or the making of any exchange by a holder of unregistered senior notes, violates applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC;

    any action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened with respect to the exchange offer which, in Bunge Limited Finance's reasonable judgment, would impair its ability to proceed with the exchange offer; and

    any law, rule or regulation or applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC have been issued or promulgated, which, in Bunge Limited Finance's good faith determination, does not permit it to effect the exchange offer.

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendment; Termination

        The exchange offer will expire 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on            , 2004, unless, in Bunge Limited Finance's sole discretion, Bunge Limited Finance extends it. In the case of any extension, Bunge Limited Finance will notify the exchange agent orally (promptly confirmed in writing) or in writing of any extension. Bunge Limited Finance will also notify the registered holders of unregistered senior notes of the extension no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the business day after the previously scheduled expiration of the exchange offer.

        To the extent Bunge Limited Finance is legally permitted to do so, it expressly reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to:

    delay accepting any unregistered senior note;

    waive any condition of the exchange offer; and

    amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.

        Bunge Limited Finance will give oral or written notice of any non-acceptance or amendment to the registered holders of the unregistered senior notes as promptly as practicable. If Bunge Limited Finance considers an amendment to the exchange offer to be material, it will promptly inform the registered holders of unregistered senior notes of such amendment in a reasonable manner.

        If Bunge Limited Finance determines in its sole discretion that any of the events or conditions described in "—Conditions of the Exchange Offer" has occurred, Bunge Limited Finance may terminate the exchange offer. Bunge Limited Finance may:

    refuse to accept any unregistered senior notes and return any unregistered senior notes that have been tendered to the holders;

    extend the exchange offer and retain all unregistered senior notes tendered prior to the expiration of the exchange offer, subject to the rights of the holders of tendered unregistered senior notes to withdraw their tendered unregistered senior notes; or

    waive the termination event with respect to the exchange offer and accept all properly tendered unregistered senior notes that have not been withdrawn.

17


        If any such waiver constitutes a material change in the exchange offer, Bunge Limited Finance will disclose the change by means of a supplement to this prospectus that will be distributed to each registered holder of unregistered senior notes, and Bunge Limited Finance will extend the exchange offer for a period of five to ten business days, depending upon the significance of the waiver and the manner of disclosure to the registered holders of the unregistered senior notes, if the exchange offer would otherwise expire during that period.

        Any determination by Bunge Limited Finance concerning the events described above will be final and binding upon the parties. Without limiting the manner by which Bunge Limited Finance may choose to make public announcements of any extension, delay in acceptance, amendment or termination of the exchange offer, Bunge Limited Finance will have no obligation to publish, advertise, or otherwise communicate any public announcement, other than by making a timely release to a financial news service.

Interest on the Exchange Senior Notes

        The exchange senior notes will accrue interest from and including April 13, 2004, the date the unregistered senior notes were issued. Interest will be paid on the exchange senior notes semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on October 15, 2004. Holders of unregistered senior notes that are accepted for exchange will be deemed to have waived the right to receive any payment in respect of interest accrued from the date of the last interest payment date that was made in respect of the unregistered senior notes until the date of the issuance of the exchange senior notes. Consequently, holders of exchange senior notes will receive the same interest payments that they would have received had they not accepted the exchange offer.

Resale of Exchange Senior Notes

        Based upon existing interpretations of the staff of the SEC set forth in several no-action letters issued to third parties unrelated to it, Bunge Limited Finance believes that the exchange senior notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for the unregistered senior notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by their holders without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that:

    any exchange senior notes to be received by you will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

    you are not engaged in, do not intend to engage in and do not have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the unregistered senior notes or exchange senior notes;

    you are not an "affiliate" (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited or, if you are such an affiliate, you will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable;

    if you are a broker-dealer, you have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with Bunge or any "affiliate" of Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) to distribute the exchange senior notes;

    if you are a broker-dealer and you will receive exchange senior notes for your own account in exchange for unregistered senior notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange senior notes; and

    you are not acting on behalf of any person or entity that could not truthfully make these representations.

        If you wish to participate in the exchange offer, you will be required to make these representations to us in the letter of transmittal.

18



        If you are a broker-dealer that receives exchange senior notes in exchange for unregistered senior notes held for your own account, as a result of market-making or other trading activities, you must acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange senior notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, you will not be deemed to admit that you are an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. The prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by any broker-dealers in connection with resales of exchange senior notes received in exchange for unregistered senior notes. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus available to any such broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale.

Clearing of the Senior Notes

        Upon consummation of the exchange offer, the exchange senior notes will have different CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers from the unregistered senior notes.

        Unregistered senior notes that were issued under Regulation S that are not tendered for exchange will continue to clear through Euroclear and Clearstream Banking under their original Common Codes and their ISIN numbers will remain the same. Regulation S unregistered senior notes (unless acquired by an initial purchaser as part of their original distribution) may now be sold in the United States or to U.S. persons and, upon any such transfer, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S unregistered global senior notes may be exchanged for an interest in the exchange global senior note in accordance with procedures established by Euroclear or Clearstream Banking and DTC.

        Beneficial interests in the restricted Regulation S global senior notes may be transferred to a person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the Regulation S global senior notes upon receipt by the trustee of a written certification from the transferor, in the form provided in the indenture, to the effect that the transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S.

        We cannot predict the extent to which beneficial owners of interests in the Regulation S unregistered global senior notes will participate in the exchange offer. Beneficial owners should consult their own financial advisors as to the benefits to be obtained from exchange.

Procedures for Tendering

        The term "holder" with respect to the exchange offer means any person in whose name unregistered senior notes are registered on Bunge Limited Finance's agent's books or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder, or any person whose unregistered senior notes are held of record by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Banking who desires to deliver such unregistered senior notes by book-entry transfer at DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Banking, as the case may be.

        Except in limited circumstances, only a Euroclear participant, Clearstream Banking participant or a DTC participant listed on a DTC notes position listing with respect to the unregistered senior notes may tender its unregistered senior notes in the exchange offer. To tender unregistered senior notes in the exchange offer:

    holders of unregistered senior notes that are DTC participants may follow the procedures for book-entry transfer as provided for below under "—Book-Entry Transfer" and in the letter of transmittal.

    Euroclear participants and Clearstream Banking participants on behalf of the beneficial owners of unregistered senior notes are required to use book-entry transfer pursuant to the standard operating procedures of Euroclear or Clearstream Banking, as the case may be, which include transmission of a computer-generated message to Euroclear or Clearstream Banking, as the case may be, in lieu of a letter of transmittal. Euroclear or Clearstream Banking, as the case may be,

19


      will then transfer the appropiate notice to DTC in accordance with established procedures between DTC and Euroclear or Clearstream Banking. See the term "agent's message" under "—Book-Entry Transfer."

        In addition:

    the exchange agent must receive any corresponding certificate or certificates representing unregistered senior notes along with the letter of transmittal;

    the exchange agent must receive, before expiration of the exchange offer, a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of unregistered senior notes into the exchange agent's account at DTC, including confirmations transmitted by Euroclear or Clearstream Banking to DTC according to standard operating procedures for electronic tenders described below and a properly transmitted agent's message described below; or

    the holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

        The tender by a holder of unregistered senior notes will constitute an agreement between such holder and Bunge Limited Finance in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal. If less than all the unregistered senior notes held by a holder of unregistered senior notes are tendered, a tendering holder should fill in the amount of unregistered senior notes being tendered in the specified box on the letter of transmittal. The entire amount of unregistered senior notes delivered to the exchange agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated.

        The method of delivery of unregistered senior notes, the letter of transmittal and all other required documents or transmission of an agent's message, as described under "—Book Entry Transfer," to the exchange agent is at the election and risk of the holder. Instead of delivery by mail, we recommend that holders use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. No letter of transmittal or unregistered senior notes should be sent to us but must instead be delivered to the exchange agent. Delivery of documents to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Banking in accordance with their respective procedures will not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

        If you are a beneficial owner of unregistered senior notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your unregistered senior notes, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your unregistered senior notes, either:

    make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the unregistered senior notes in your name; or

    obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder.

        The transfer of record ownership may take considerable time and might not be completed prior to the expiration date.

        Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal as described in "—Withdrawal of Tenders" below, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act, unless the unregistered senior notes tendered pursuant thereto are tendered:

    by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled "Special Registration Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" in the letter of transmittal; or

    for the account of an eligible institution.

20


        If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any unregistered senior notes listed therein, the unregistered senior notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers which authorize the person to tender the unregistered senior notes on behalf of the registered holder, in either case signed as the name of the registered holder or holders appears on the unregistered senior notes. If the letter of transmittal or any unregistered senior notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by Bunge Limited Finance, evidence satisfactory to Bunge Limited Finance of their authority to so act must be submitted with the letter of transmittal.

        Bunge Limited Finance will determine in its sole discretion all the questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of the tendered unregistered senior notes. Bunge Limited Finance's determinations will be final and binding. Bunge Limited Finance reserves the absolute right to reject any and all unregistered senior notes not validly tendered or any unregistered senior notes the acceptance of which would, in the opinion of its counsel, be unlawful. Bunge Limited Finance also reserves the absolute right to waive any irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular unregistered senior notes. Bunge Limited Finance's interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer (including the instructions in the letter of transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of unregistered senior notes must be cured within such time as Bunge Limited Finance will determine. Neither Bunge Limited Finance, Bunge Limited, the exchange agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of unregistered senior notes nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of unregistered senior notes will not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been cured or waived. Any unregistered senior notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned without cost by the exchange agent to the tendering holder of such unregistered senior notes, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the exchange offer.

        In addition, Bunge Limited Finance reserves the right in its sole discretion to (a) purchase or make offers for any unregistered senior notes that remain outstanding subsequent to the expiration date, and (b) to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase unregistered senior notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The terms of any such purchases or offers may differ from the terms of the exchange offer.

Book-Entry Transfer

        Bunge Limited Finance understands that the exchange agent will make a request promptly after the date of this document to establish an account with respect to the unregistered senior notes at DTC for the purpose of facilitating the exchange offer. Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC's system may make book-entry delivery of unregistered senior notes by causing DTC to transfer such unregistered senior notes into the exchange agent's DTC account in accordance with DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program procedures for such transfer. Any participant in Euroclear or Clearstream Banking may make book-entry delivery of Regulation S unregistered senior notes by causing Euroclear or Clearstream Banking to transfer such senior notes into the exchange agent's account at DTC in accordance with established procedures between DTC and Euroclear or Clearstream Banking for transfer. The exchange for tendered unregistered senior notes will only be made after a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the unregistered senior notes into the exchange agent's account at DTC, and timely receipt by the exchange agent of an agent's message.

        The term "agent's message" means a message, transmitted by DTC and received by the exchange agent and forming part of the confirmation of a book-entry transfer, which states that DTC, has received an express acknowledgment which may be through Euroclear or Clearstream Banking, from a

21



participant tendering unregistered senior notes and that such participant has received an appropriate letter of transmittal and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, and Bunge Limited Finance may enforce such agreement against the participant. Delivery of an agent's message will also constitute an acknowledgment from the tendering DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Banking participant, as the case may be, that the representations contained in the appropriate letter of transmittal and described above are true and correct.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

        Holders who wish to tender their unregistered senior notes and (i) whose unregistered senior notes are not immediately available, or (ii) who cannot deliver their unregistered senior notes, the letter of transmittal, or any other required documents to the exchange agent prior to the expiration date, or if such holder cannot complete DTC's, Euroclear's or Clearstream Banking's respective standard operating procedures for electronic tenders before expiration of the exchange offer, may tender their unregistered senior notes if:

    the tender is made through an eligible institution;

    before expiration of the exchange offer, the exchange agent receives from the eligible institution either a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery in the form accompanying this prospectus, by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery, or a properly transmitted agent's message in lieu of notice of guaranteed delivery:

    setting forth the name and address of the holder and the registered number(s), the certificate number or numbers of the unregistered senior notes tendered and the principal amount of unregistered senior notes tendered;

    stating that the tender offer is being made by guaranteed delivery; and

    guaranteeing that, within three (3) business days after expiration of the exchange offer, the letter of transmittal, or facsimile of the letter of transmittal, together with the unregistered senior notes tendered and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal or, alternatively, a book-entry confirmation will be deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange agent; and

    the exchange agent receives the properly completed and executed letter of transmittal, or facsimile of the letter of transmittal, as well as all tendered unregistered senior notes in proper form for transfer and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal or, alternatively, a book-entry confirmation, within three (3) business days after expiration of the exchange offer.

        Upon request to the exchange agent, a notice of guaranteed delivery will be sent to holders who wish to tender their unregistered senior notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.

Withdrawal of Tenders

        Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of unregistered senior notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on             , 2004, the expiration date of the exchange offer.

        For a withdrawal to be effective:

    the exchange agent must receive a written notice, which may be by telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter, of withdrawal at the address set forth below under " Exchange Agent"; or

    for DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Banking participants, holders must comply with their respective standard operating procedures for electronic tenders and the exchange agent must receive an electronic notice of withdrawal from DTC.

22


        Any notice of withdrawal must:

    specify the name of the person who tendered the unregistered senior notes to be withdrawn;

    identify the unregistered senior notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number or numbers and principal amount of the unregistered senior notes to be withdrawn;

    be signed by the person who tendered the unregistered senior notes in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal, including any required signature guarantees; and

    specify the name in which the unregistered senior notes are to be re-registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder.

        If unregistered senior notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Banking to be credited with the withdrawn unregistered senior notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of the facility. Bunge Limited Finance will determine all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for such withdrawal notices, and its determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any unregistered senior notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer, and no exchange senior notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the unregistered senior notes so withdrawn are validly re-tendered. Any unregistered senior notes which have been tendered but which are not accepted for exchange will be returned to the holder without cost to such holder as soon as practicable after withdrawal. Properly withdrawn unregistered senior notes may be re-tendered by following the procedures described above under "Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior to the expiration date.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

        If you do not tender your unregistered senior notes to be exchanged in this exchange offer, they will remain "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) of the Securities Act.

        Accordingly, they:

    may be resold only if (i) registered pursuant to the Securities Act, (ii) an exemption from registration is available or (iii) neither registration nor an exemption is required by law; and

    shall continue to bear a legend restricting transfer in the absence of registration or an exemption therefrom.

        As a result of the restrictions on transfer and the availability of the exchange senior notes, the unregistered senior notes are likely to be much less liquid than before the exchange offer.

Exchange Agent

        SunTrust Bank has been appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange of the unregistered senior notes. Questions and requests for assistance relating to the exchange of the unregistered senior notes should be directed to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

SunTrust Bank
c/o Law Debenture Corporate Services Inc.
767 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Facsimile number: (212) 750-1361
or
Telephone number: (404) 588-7063, Attention: Esther Fannin

23


Fees and Expenses

        We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders pursuant to the exchange offer. The principal solicitation for tenders pursuant to the exchange offer is being made by mail. Additional solicitations may be made by our officers and regular employees and our affiliates in person, by telegraph or telephone.

        We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or other persons soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We, however, will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse the exchange agent for its related reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and accounting and legal fees. We may also pay brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in forwarding copies of this prospectus, letters of transmittal and related documents to the beneficial owners of the unregistered senior notes and in handling or forwarding tenders for exchange.

        We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of unregistered senior notes pursuant to the exchange offer. The tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:

    certificates representing exchange senior notes or unregistered senior notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of unregistered senior notes tendered;

    tendered unregistered senior notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal; or

    a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of unregistered senior notes under the exchange offer.

        If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

24



DESCRIPTION OF THE SENIOR NOTES

        The exchange senior notes will be issued under an indenture dated as of April 13, 2004 among Bunge Limited Finance, as issuer, Bunge Limited, as guarantor, and SunTrust Bank, a Georgia banking corporation with trust powers, as trustee. The terms of the exchange senior notes include those expressly set forth in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by reference to the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The unregistered senior notes and the exchange senior notes are collectively referred to as the "senior notes."

        This description of the exchange senior notes is intended to be a useful overview of the material provisions of the exchange senior notes, the guarantee and the indenture. Because this description is only a summary, you should refer to the indenture for a complete description of our obligations and your rights. A copy of the indenture is available for inspection during normal business hours at the offices of the trustee.

        Certain terms used in this description of the exchange senior notes are set forth under "—Defined Terms."

General

    The Exchange Senior Notes

        The exchange senior notes:

    will constitute a series of debt securities issued under the indenture and will be initially limited to an aggregate principal amount of U.S.$500,000,000 (subject to the rights of Bunge Limited Finance to create and issue additional notes as described under "—Further Issuances");

    will mature on April 15, 2014;

    will not be convertible into any other security or have the benefit of any sinking fund;

    will rank equally in right of payment with all other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of Bunge Limited Finance;

    will be fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by Bunge Limited, which guarantee will rank equally in right of payment with all other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and obligations of Bunge Limited;

    will be issued in denominations of U.S.$1,000 and integral multiples of U.S.$1,000; and

    will be represented by one or more registered exchange senior notes in global form, but in certain limited circumstances may be represented by exchange senior notes in definitive form. See "Book-Entry; Delivery and Form."

    Interest

        Interest on the exchange senior notes will:

    accrue at a rate of 5.35% per annum;

    accrue from April 13, 2004, the date of issuance, or the most recent interest payment date;

    be payable in cash semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on October 15, 2004;

    be payable to the holders of record on the April 1 and October 1 immediately preceding the relevant interest payment date; and

    be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

25


Payment and Transfer

        Principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the senior notes will be payable, and the senior notes may be exchanged or transferred, at the office or agency maintained by Bunge Limited Finance for such purpose, which initially will be the office of the trustee, SunTrust Bank, c/o Law Debenture Corporate Services Inc., 767 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10017. Payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on senior notes in global form registered in the name of or held by the depositary or its nominee will be made in immediately available funds to the depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered holder of such global note. If any of the senior notes are no longer represented by global senior notes, payment of interest on the senior notes in definitive form may, at our option, be made by check mailed directly to holders at their registered addresses.

        A holder may transfer or exchange senior notes in definitive form at the same location given in the preceding paragraph. No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of senior notes, but Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith. Bunge Limited Finance is not required to transfer or exchange any senior note selected for redemption for a period of 15 days before a selection of senior notes to be redeemed.

        The registered holder of a senior note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

        All amounts of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the senior notes paid by Bunge Limited Finance that remain unclaimed two years after such payment was due and payable will be repaid to Bunge Limited Finance and the holders of such senior notes will thereafter look solely to Bunge Limited Finance for payment.

Optional Redemption by Bunge Limited Finance

        The senior notes will be redeemable at the option of Bunge Limited Finance, at any time in whole or from time to time in part, upon not less than 30 and not more than 60 days' notice mailed to each holder of senior notes to be redeemed at the holder's address appearing in the senior note register, at a price equal to the greater of:

    100% of the principal amount of the senior notes to be redeemed; and

    the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (at the rate in effect on the date of calculation of the redemption price) on the senior notes to be redeemed (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the date of redemption on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the applicable Treasury Yield plus 20 basis points,

in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

        Senior notes called for redemption will become due on the date fixed for redemption. Notices of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption to each noteholder at its registered address. The notice will state the amount to be redeemed. On and after the date fixed for redemption, interest will cease to accrue on any redeemed senior notes. If less than all the senior notes are redeemed at any time, the trustee will select the senior notes to be redeemed on a pro rata basis or by any other method the trustee deems fair and appropriate.

Further Issuances

        Bunge Limited Finance may from time to time, without the consent of existing noteholders, create and issue further notes having the same terms and conditions as the senior notes in all respects, except for issue date, issue price and first payment of interest thereon. Additional senior notes issued in this

26



manner will be consolidated with and will form a single series with the previously outstanding senior notes.

Guarantee

        Bunge Limited has fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed to each holder and the trustee the full and prompt payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the senior notes, when and as the same become due and payable, whether at maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by declaration of acceleration or otherwise, including any additional amounts required to be paid in connection with certain taxes. Any obligation of Bunge Limited to make a payment may be satisfied by causing Bunge Limited Finance to make such payment.

Ranking

        The senior notes are the unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of Bunge Limited Finance and rank equally in right of payment with all other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of Bunge Limited Finance.

        The guarantee is an unsecured and unsubordinated obligation of Bunge Limited and ranks equally in right of payment with all other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and obligations of Bunge Limited. The guarantee effectively ranks junior in right of payment to any secured indebtedness of Bunge Limited to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness and to all indebtedness and other liabilities of its subsidiaries.

Additional Amounts

        In the event that payments are made by Bunge Limited pursuant to its obligations under the guarantee, Bunge Limited will pay to the holder of any senior note additional amounts as may be necessary so that every net payment made by Bunge Limited of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such senior note, after deducting or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, fee, assessment or other governmental charge duly imposed by, and payable by that holder to, Bermuda, will not be less than the amount provided in that senior note to be then due and payable. Bunge Limited will not be required, however, to make any payment of additional amounts for or on account of any such tax imposed by reason of the noteholder having some connection with any such jurisdiction other than its participation as noteholder under the indenture.

Covenants

        The indenture sets forth covenants that impose limitations and restrictions on Bunge Limited Finance and also sets forth covenants which are applicable to Bunge Limited and certain of its subsidiaries. This section summarizes the material covenants of Bunge Limited Finance and Bunge Limited in the indenture.

Limitations and Restrictions on Bunge Limited Finance

        The indenture limits and restricts Bunge Limited Finance from taking the following actions or engaging in the following activities or transactions:

    engaging in any business or entering into, or being a party to, any transaction or agreement except for:

    the issuance and sale of the senior notes;

    the incurrence of other indebtedness ranking equal in right of payment with the senior notes;

27


      the entering into of Hedge Agreements relating to the senior notes or such other indebtedness having a notional amount not exceeding the aggregate principal amount of the senior notes and such other indebtedness outstanding; and

      the use of the net proceeds from the issuance of the senior notes or such other indebtedness to make intercompany loans to the Bunge master trust as described under "Description of Master Trust Structure";

    acquiring or owning any subsidiaries or other assets or properties, except an interest in intercompany loans as described under "Description of Master Trust Structure," Hedge Agreements relating to its indebtedness and instruments evidencing interests in the foregoing;

    incurring any Indebtedness which ranks senior in right of payment to the senior notes;

    creating, assuming, incurring or suffering to exist any Lien upon any Property whatsoever (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that Bunge Limited Finance may not create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Liens, including Liens which would otherwise constitute Permitted Liens in the case of Bunge Limited or any Restricted Subsidiary);

    entering into any consolidation, merger, amalgamation, joint venture, syndicate or other form of combination with any person, or selling, leasing, conveying or otherwise disposing of any of its assets or receivables; and

    amending, supplementing, waiving or otherwise modifying certain specified provisions of the documents relating to Bunge Limited Finance's rights or benefits under the master trust without the written consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the senior notes then outstanding. Modifications requiring consent include those that would subordinate the rights of the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate (in which Bunge Limited Finance invested the proceeds of the unregistered senior notes) relative to any other series, reduce or delay distributions to be made by the master trust, or change how Bunge Limited Finance's interest in the master trust is calculated.

Limitation on Liens

        The indenture provides that Bunge Limited will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien, other than Permitted Liens, upon any Restricted Property or upon any shares of stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, to secure any Indebtedness incurred or guaranteed by Bunge Limited or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the senior notes), unless all of the outstanding senior notes and the guarantee are secured equally and ratably with, or prior to, such Indebtedness so long as such Indebtedness shall be so secured.

Restriction on Sale-Leasebacks

        The indenture provides that Bunge Limited will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in the sale or transfer by it of any Restricted Property to a person (other than Bunge Limited or a Restricted Subsidiary) and the taking back by Bunge Limited or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, of a lease of such Restricted Property (a "sale-leaseback transaction"), unless:

    (1)
    the sale-leaseback transaction occurs within six months from the date of the acquisition of the subject Restricted Property or the date of the completion of construction or commencement of full operations of such Restricted Property, whichever is later; or

    (2)
    the sale-leaseback transaction is between Bunge Limited and a Restricted Subsidiary of Bunge Limited, or between Restricted Subsidiaries of Bunge Limited; or

28


    (3)
    the sale-leaseback transaction involves a lease for a period, including renewals, of not more than three years; or

    (4)
    the sale-leaseback transaction constitutes a Permitted Lien for the purposes of "—Limitation on Liens"; or

    (5)
    Bunge Limited or such Restricted Subsidiary, within a one-year period after such sale-leaseback transaction, (a) applies or causes to be applied an amount not less than the Attributable Indebtedness from such sale-leaseback transaction to the prepayment, repayment redemption, reduction or retirement of any debt of Bunge Limited or any Subsidiary having a maturity of more than one year that is not subordinated to the senior notes, or (b) enters into a bona fide commitment to expend an amount not less than the Attributable Indebtedness for such sale-leaseback transaction during such one-year period to the acquisition, construction or development of other similar Property.

Exception to Limitation on Liens and Restriction on Sale-Leasebacks

        Notwithstanding the foregoing restrictions on Liens and sale-leaseback transactions, the indenture provides that Bunge Limited may, and may permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur, or suffer to exist any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) upon any Restricted Property to secure debt incurred or guaranteed by Bunge Limited or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the senior notes) or effect any sale-leaseback transaction of a Restricted Property that is not excepted by clauses (1) through (5), inclusive, of the first paragraph under "—Restriction on Sale-Leasebacks," without equally and ratably securing the senior notes or the guarantee, provided that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of outstanding debt (other than the senior notes) secured by Liens (other than Permitted Liens) upon Restricted Property plus the Attributable Indebtedness from sale-leaseback transactions of Restricted Property not so excepted do not exceed 15% of its Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

        In summary, and for the avoidance of doubt, Bunge Limited Finance is, and certain other finance subsidiaries of Bunge Limited formed to advance funds to the master trust are, prohibited from creating, assuming, incurring or suffering to exist any Lien upon any Property whatsoever. Otherwise, only Bunge Limited and Restricted Subsidiaries are subject to any restrictions on Liens and sale-leaseback transactions.

Consolidation, Merger, Amalgamation and Sale of Assets

        The indenture provides that Bunge Limited may consolidate with or merge or amalgamate with or into, or sell, lease or convey all or substantially all of its assets to, another person only if:

    (1)
    the successor is either Bunge Limited or is a person organized under the laws of Bermuda, the United States, any state, the District of Columbia, any full member state of the European Union, Canada, Australia or Switzerland and assumes by supplemental indenture all of Bunge Limited's obligations under the indenture and the guarantee; and

    (2)
    immediately after giving effect to the transaction no event of default under the indenture, or event which with notice or lapse of time would be an event of default under the indenture, has occurred and is continuing.

        If Bunge Limited engages in one of the transactions described above and complies with the conditions listed above, the successor will be substituted for Bunge Limited for the purposes of the indenture with the same effect as if it and not Bunge Limited had been an original party to the indenture. Thereafter, the successor may exercise the rights and powers of Bunge Limited under the indenture. However, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, Bunge Limited will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the notes.

29



        In the event that Bunge Limited consolidates with or merges or amalgamates with or into, or sells, leases or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, another person and the successor is a person organized under the laws of a full member state of the European Union, Canada, Australia or Switzerland, Bunge Limited and the successor will, as a condition to such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or sale of assets, comply with the following additional requirements:

    enter into a supplemental indenture with the trustee providing for full, unconditional and irrevocable indemnification of the holders of the senior notes and the trustee against any tax or duty of whatever nature which is incurred or otherwise suffered by the trustee or such holders with respect to the senior notes and which would not have been incurred or otherwise suffered in the absence of such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or sale of assets; and

    deliver to the trustee legal opinions of independent legal counsel of recognized standing in New York and the applicable member state of the European Union, Canada, Australia or Switzerland under whose laws the successor is organized, to the effect that the obligations of the successor with respect to the guarantee are legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms.

        In addition, the indenture provides that Bunge Limited will not permit any Subsidiary to consolidate with or merge or amalgamate with or into, or sell, lease or convey all or substantially all of its assets to, any person unless:

    such transaction is a merger or amalgamation of a Subsidiary into, or a consolidation of a Subsidiary with, Bunge Limited (so long as Bunge Limited is the surviving entity) or another Subsidiary or the sale or other disposition by a Subsidiary of all or substantially all of its property to Bunge Limited or another Subsidiary; or

    such transaction is the merger or amalgamation of a Subsidiary into, the consolidation of a Subsidiary with, or the sale or other disposition by a Subsidiary of all or substantially all of its property to, another person (provided that such person is not an affiliate), so long as immediately prior to, and after giving effect to, the transaction, no default or event of default exists or would exist.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, Bunge Limited Finance may not be party to, or the subject of, any consolidation, merger, amalgamation or sale of assets.

Events of Default

        Each of the following will be an event of default under the indenture:

    (1)
    the default in any payment of interest or additional interest (as required by the exchange and registration rights agreement) on any senior note when due, continued for 30 days;

    (2)
    the default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, on, any senior note when due at its stated maturity, upon optional redemption, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

    (3)
    the failure by Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited to comply for 60 days after written notice with its other agreements contained in the indenture;

    (4)
    the failure of Bunge Limited Finance, Bunge Limited or any Subsidiary (a) to pay the principal of any indebtedness for borrowed money, including obligations evidenced by any mortgage, indenture, bond, debenture, note, guarantee or other similar instruments on the scheduled or original date due, (b) to pay interest on any such indebtedness beyond any provided grace period or (c) to observe or perform any agreement or condition relating to such indebtedness that has caused such indebtedness to become due prior to its stated

30


      maturity, and such acceleration has not been cured within 15 days after notice of acceleration; provided, however, that an event described in subclause (a), (b) or (c) above shall not constitute an event of default unless, at such time, one or more events of the type described in subclause (a), (b) or (c) shall have occurred or be continuing with respect to such indebtedness in an amount exceeding $50,000,000; or

    (5)
    certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of (a) Bunge Limited Finance, (b) Bunge Limited, (c) any Subsidiary that has been designated by Bunge Limited as eligible for intercompany loans to be made by the master trust as described under "Description of Master Trust Structure," or (d) any other Subsidiary which is a "significant subsidiary" under Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

        A default under clause (3) above that has occurred and is continuing will not constitute an event of default under the indenture until the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding senior notes notify Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited, as the case may be, of the default and such default is not cured within the time specified in such clause (3) after receipt of such notice.

        If an event of default (other than an event of default described in clause (5) above) occurs and is continuing, the trustee by written notice to Bunge Limited Finance, or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding senior notes by written notice to Bunge Limited Finance and the trustee, may, and the trustee at the request of such holders shall, declare the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the senior notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest will be due and payable immediately. If an event of default described in clause (5) above occurs and is continuing, the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the senior notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or any holders. The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding senior notes may waive all past defaults (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interest) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to the senior notes and its consequences if rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and all existing events of default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the senior notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived. If an event of default has occurred and not been cured or waived, and the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on the senior notes have become due and payable, by declaration, automatic acceleration or otherwise, then the trustee shall instruct Bunge Limited Finance, and Bunge Limited Finance shall instruct The Bank of New York, as trustee under the master trust as described under "Description of Master Trust Structure," to declare due and payable the intercompany loans that had been made using the net proceeds from the sale of the senior notes.

        Subject to the provisions of the indenture relating to the duties of the trustee, if an event of default occurs and is continuing, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders unless such holders have offered to the trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the indenture or the senior notes unless:

    such holder has previously given the trustee written notice that an event of default under the indenture is continuing;

    holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding senior notes have requested in writing that the trustee pursue the remedy;

31


    such holders have offered the trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

    the trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

    the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding senior notes have not given the trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

        Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding senior notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the trustee. The trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the indenture or that the trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the interest of any other holder or that would involve the trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the indenture, the trustee will be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

        The indenture provides that if a default occurs and is continuing and is known to the trustee, the trustee must mail to each holder notice of the default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a default in the payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any senior note, the trustee may withhold notice if the trustee determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the holders. In addition, Bunge Limited Finance is required to deliver to the trustee, within 10 days after becoming aware of the occurrence of any default, notice of such default, and in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any default that occurred during the previous year.

Amendments and Waivers

        Modifications and amendments of the indenture may be made by Bunge Limited Finance, Bunge Limited and the trustee with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the senior notes then outstanding under the indenture (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the senior notes). However, without the consent of each holder of an outstanding senior note affected, no amendment may, among other things:

    reduce the amount of senior notes whose holders must consent to an amendment of the indenture or the senior notes, or certain specified provisions of the documents relating to Bunge Limited Finance's rights or benefits under the master trust;

    reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any senior note;

    reduce the principal of or change the stated maturity of any senior note;

    reduce the amount payable upon the redemption of any senior note;

    make any senior note payable in money other than that stated in the senior note;

    impair the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such holder's senior notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder's senior notes;

    make any change in the amendment provisions which require each holder's consent or in the waiver provisions; or

    release Bunge Limited or modify the guarantee other than in accordance with the indenture.

32


        The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding senior notes, on behalf of all holders of senior notes, may waive compliance by Bunge Limited Finance with certain restrictive provisions of the indenture. Subject to certain rights of the trustee as provided in the indenture, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the senior notes, on behalf of all holders, may waive any past default under the indenture (including any such waiver obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the senior notes), except a default in the payment of principal, premium or interest or a default in respect of a provision that under the indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each note that is affected.

        Without the consent of any holder, Bunge Limited Finance, Bunge Limited and the trustee may modify or amend the indenture to:

    cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

    provide for the assumption by a successor of the obligations of Bunge Limited as described under "—Consolidation, Merger, Amalgamation and Sale of Assets";

    provide for uncertificated senior notes in addition to or in place of certificated senior notes; provided, however, that the uncertificated senior notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), or in a manner such that the uncertificated senior notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

    add additional guarantees with respect to the senior notes;

    secure the senior notes;

    add to the covenants of Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited for the benefit of the holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited;

    make any change that does not adversely affect the interests of any holder;

    provide for the issuance of the exchange senior notes, which will have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the unregistered senior notes (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the unregistered senior notes will be modified or eliminated, as appropriate), and which will be treated, together with any outstanding unregistered senior notes, as a single issue of securities;

    provide for the issuance of additional senior notes; or

    comply with any requirement of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the qualification of the indenture under the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

        The consent of the holders is not necessary under the indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment. After an amendment under the indenture becomes effective, Bunge Limited Finance is required to mail to the holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all the holders, or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.

Defeasance

        Bunge Limited Finance at any time may terminate all its obligations under the senior notes and the indenture ("legal defeasance"), except for certain obligations, including obligations relating to the defeasance trust, registering the transfer or exchange of the senior notes, replacing mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen senior notes and maintaining a registrar and paying agent in respect of the

33



senior notes. If Bunge Limited Finance exercises its legal defeasance option, the guarantee will terminate with respect to that series.

        Bunge Limited Finance at any time may terminate its obligations under covenants described under "—Covenants" (other than "Consolidation, Merger, Amalgamation and Sale of Assets") above, and the events of default described in clauses (3) (to the extent that the covenants referred to therein have been terminated as a result of the defeasance), (4) and (5) under "—Events of Default" above ("covenant defeasance").

        Bunge Limited Finance may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding a prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If Bunge Limited Finance exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the senior notes may not be accelerated because of an event of default with respect thereto. If Bunge Limited Finance exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the senior notes may not be accelerated because of an event of default specified in clause (3) (to the extent that the covenants referred to therein have been terminated as a result of the defeasance), (4) or (5) under "—Events of Default" above.

        In order to exercise either defeasance option, Bunge Limited Finance must irrevocably deposit in trust with the trustee money or U.S. government obligations for the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the senior notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and must comply with certain other conditions, including delivery to the trustee of an opinion of counsel (subject to customary exceptions and exclusions) to the effect that holders of the senior notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred. In the case of legal defeasance only, such opinion of counsel must be based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or other change in applicable federal income tax law. If the legal defeasance option is exercised and complies with all necessary conditions, noteholders would have to rely solely on the trust deposit for the payment of the senior notes and could not look to Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited for payment in the event of any shortfall.

Concerning the Trustee

        SunTrust Bank is the trustee under the indenture and has been appointed by Bunge Limited Finance as Registrar and Paying Agent with regard to the senior notes.

No Petition

        By its acquisition of a senior note, each noteholder agrees that neither it nor the trustee on its behalf may commence, or join with any other person in the commencement of, a bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding with respect to Bunge Limited Finance under any applicable insolvency laws until one year and one day after all of the senior notes and all other Indebtedness of Bunge Limited Finance ranking equal with or junior to the senior notes in right of payment are paid in full, including all interest and premium thereon.

Governing Law

        The senior notes, the guarantee and the indenture are governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Consent to Jurisdiction

        Bunge Limited has irrevocably submitted to the jurisdiction of any New York state court or any U.S. federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in respect of any legal

34



action or proceeding arising out of or in relation to the indenture, the senior notes or the guarantee, and has agreed that all claims in respect of such legal action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York state or U.S. federal court and has waived, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding in any such court.

Cur r ency Indemnity

        The obligation of Bunge Limited to make any payments under the indenture, the senior notes or the guarantee will be in U.S. dollars. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than U.S. dollars as a result of any judgment or order given or made in a currency other than U.S. dollars in respect of an amount due under the indenture, the senior notes or the guarantee will constitute a discharge of Bunge Limited's obligation only to the extent of the amount in U.S. dollars that the noteholder is able to purchase with the amount such noteholder receives or recovers. If the amount of U.S. dollars purchased by such noteholder is less than the amount expressed to be due to such noteholder, Bunge Limited will indemnify the noteholder against any loss sustained as a result. In any event, Bunge Limited will indemnify the noteholder against the cost of any such purchase.

Defined Terms

        "Attributable Indebtedness" means, when used with respect to any sale-leaseback transaction, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of interest set forth in or implicit in the terms of the lease) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments (other than amounts required to be paid on account of property taxes, maintenance, repairs, insurance, assessments, utilities, operating and labor costs and other items that do not constitute payments for property rights) during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale-leaseback transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended).

        "Comparable Treasury Issue" means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the senior notes that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining terms of the senior notes.

        "Comparable Treasury Price" means, with respect to any date fixed for the redemption of senior notes, (a) the bid price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) at 4:00 P.M. on the third business day preceding such date, as set forth on "Telerate Page 500" (or such other page as may replace Telerate Page 500) or (b) if such page (or any successor page) is not displayed or does not contain such bid prices at such time, (i) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations obtained by the trustee for such date, after excluding the highest and lowest of four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (ii) if the trustee is unable to obtain at least four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations obtained by the trustee.

        "Consolidated Net Tangible Assets" means, at any date of determination, the total amount of assets of Bunge Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries after deducting therefrom:

    (1)
    all current liabilities (excluding any current liabilities that by their terms are extendable or renewable at the option of the obligor thereon to a time more than 12 months after the time as of which the amount thereof is being computed);

    (2)
    total prepaid expenses and deferred charges; and

    (3)
    all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, licenses, copyrights and other intangible assets, all as set forth, or on a pro forma basis would be set forth, on the consolidated balance sheet

35


      of Bunge Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries for its most recently completed fiscal quarter, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

        "Hedge Agreements" means all interest rate swaps, caps or collar agreements or similar arrangements dealing with interest rates or currency exchange rates or the exchange of nominal interest obligations, either generally or under specific contingencies.

        "Indebtedness" means, as to any person, without duplication:

    (1)
    all obligations of such person for borrowed money;

    (2)
    all obligations of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

    (3)
    all obligations of such person to pay the deferred purchase price of property, except trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business;

    (4)
    all obligations of such person as lessee which are capitalized in accordance with U.S. GAAP;

    (5)
    all obligations of such person created or arising under any conditional sales or other title retention agreement with respect to any property acquired by such person (including, without limitation, obligations under any such agreement which provides that the rights and remedies of the seller or lender thereunder in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property);

    (6)
    all obligations of such person with respect to letters of credit and similar instruments, including, without limitation, obligations under reimbursement agreements;

    (7)
    all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) a Lien on any asset of such person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such person;

    (8)
    all net obligations of such person in respect of equity derivatives and Hedge Agreements; and

    (9)
    all guarantees of such person (other than guarantees of obligations of direct or indirect Subsidiaries of such person).

        "Independent Investment Banker" means any of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., or Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, or, if all such firms are unwilling or unable to select the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue, a leading independent investment banking institution appointed by the trustee and reasonably acceptable to Bunge Limited Finance.

        "Lien" means any mortgage, lien, security interest, pledge, charge or other encumbrance.

        "Permitted Liens" means:

    (1)
    Liens for current taxes, assessments or other governmental charges which are not delinquent or remain payable without any penalty, or the validity of which is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings upon stay of execution of the enforcement thereof or upon posting a bond in connection therewith;

    (2)
    any Lien pursuant to any order or attachment or similar legal process arising in connection with court proceedings; provided that the execution or other enforcement thereof is effectively stayed or a sufficient bond had been posted and the claims secured thereby are being contested at the time in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

    (3)
    any Liens securing bonds posted with respect to and in compliance with clauses (1) and (2) above;

36


    (4)
    any Liens securing the claims of mechanics, laborers, workmen, repairmen, materialmen, suppliers, carriers, warehousemen, landlords, or vendors or other claims provided for by mandatory provisions of law which are not yet due and delinquent, or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

    (5)
    any Lien on any Restricted Property securing Indebtedness incurred or assumed solely for the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost of constructing or acquiring such Restricted Property, which Lien attaches to such Restricted Property concurrently with or within 120 days after the construction, acquisition or completion of a series of related acquisitions thereof;

    (6)
    Liens existing immediately prior to the execution and delivery of the indenture (and listed on a schedule to the indenture);

    (7)
    Liens to secure bonds posted in order to obtain stays of judgments, attachments or orders, the existence of which bonds would not otherwise constitute an event of default under the indenture;

    (8)
    Liens on Restricted Property existing prior to the acquisition of such Restricted Property or the acquisition of any Subsidiary that is the owner of such Restricted Property, or arising as a result of contractual commitments to grant a Lien relating to such Restricted Property or such Subsidiary existing prior to such acquisition;

    (9)
    Liens created by a Restricted Subsidiary in favor of Bunge Limited, Bunge Limited Finance or a Subsidiary;

    (10)
    Liens on any accounts receivable from or invoices to export customers (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) and the proceeds thereof;

    (11)
    Liens on rights under contracts to sell, purchase or receive commodities to or from export customers (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) and the proceeds thereof;

    (12)
    Liens on cash deposited as collateral in connection with financings where Liens are permitted under clauses (10) and (11) of this definition;

    (13)
    Liens extending, renewing or replacing, in whole or in part, Liens permitted pursuant to (i) clauses (1) through (5) and (7) through (12), so long as the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed its original principal amount, and (ii) clause (6), so long as the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to the execution and delivery of the indenture;

    (14)
    minor survey exceptions or minor encumbrances, easements or reservations, or rights of others for rights-of-way, utilities and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties that constitute Restricted Property, which are necessary for the conduct of the activities of Bunge Limited or any Restricted Subsidiary or which customarily exist on properties of corporations engaged in similar activities and similarly situated and which do not in any event materially impair their use in the operation of the business of Bunge Limited or any Restricted Subsidiary;

    (15)
    Liens on accounts receivable and other related assets arising in connection with transfers thereof to the extent that such transfers are treated as sales of financial assets under FASB Statement No. 140, as in effect from time to time; and

    (16)
    Liens on intercompany loans made by Bunge Limited or its Subsidiaries, or on any notes or other instruments representing an interest in such intercompany loans, in each case as described under "Description of Master Trust Structure."

37


For purposes of this definition, (A) the phrases "accounts receivable from or invoices to export customers" and "contracts to sell, purchase or receive commodities to or from export customers" refer to invoices or accounts receivable derived from the sale of, or contracts to sell, purchase or receive, wheat, soybeans or other commodities or products derived from the processing of wheat, soybeans or other commodities, by or to Bunge Limited or a Restricted Subsidiary that have been or are to be exported from the country of origin whether or not such sale is made by a Restricted Subsidiary or to any of its Subsidiaries; and (B) property of a party to a corporate reorganization which is not Bunge Limited or a Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be or have been "acquired" by Bunge Limited or such Restricted Subsidiary as part of such corporate reorganization even if Bunge Limited or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is not the surviving entity.

        "Property" means any property, whether presently owned or hereafter acquired, including any asset, revenue, or right to receive income or any other property, whether tangible or intangible, real or personal.

        "Reference Treasury Dealer" means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, and two other primary U.S. government securities dealers in New York City selected by the Independent Investment Banker (each, a "Primary Treasury Dealer"); provided, however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, Bunge Limited Finance will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer.

        "Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations" means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any date fixed for the redemption of senior notes, an average, as determined by the trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue for the senior notes (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third business day preceding such date.

        "Restricted Property" means any building, mine, structure or other facility (together with the land on which it is erected and fixtures comprising a part thereof) and inventories now owned or hereafter acquired by Bunge Limited or any Subsidiary and used for oilseed or grain origination, processing, transportation or storage, mining or fertilizer refining or storage.

        "Restricted Subsidiary" means (a) any Subsidiary that has been designated by Bunge Limited as eligible for intercompany loans to be made by the master trust as described under "Description of Master Trust Structure," or (b) any other Subsidiary which is a "significant subsidiary" under Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, or (c) any other Subsidiary that owns or leases any Restricted Property the aggregate fair market value of which, as determined by Bunge Limited's board of directors, exceeds three percent of Bunge Limited's Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Fosfertil S.A. shall not be deemed a Restricted Subsidiary of Bunge Limited for the purpose of the covenants described under "—Limitation on Liens" and "—Restriction on Sale-Leasebacks" above.

        "Subsidiary" means any corporation, limited liability company or other business entity of which the requisite number of shares of stock or other equity ownership interests having ordinary voting power (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to elect a majority of the directors, managers or trustees thereof, or any partnership of which more than 50% of the partners' equity interests (considering all partners' equity interests as a single class) is, in each case, at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by Bunge Limited, one or more of the Subsidiaries, or a combination thereof.

        "Treasury Yield" means, with respect to any date fixed for the redemption of senior notes, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity (computed as of the third business day immediately preceding such date) of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the applicable Comparable Treasury Price for such date.

38



BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM

Book-Entry Procedures for the Global Senior Notes

        The descriptions of the operations and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream Banking set forth below are provided solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of these settlement systems and are subject to change by them from time to time. None of Bunge Limited Finance, Bunge Limited or the initial purchasers takes any responsibility for these operations or procedures, and investors are urged to contact the relevant system or its participants directly to discuss these matters.

        DTC has advised us that it is:

    a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York;

    a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New York Banking Law;

    a member of the Federal Reserve System;

    a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code, as amended; and

    a "clearing agency" registered under Section 17A of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

        DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and facilitates the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between its participants through electronic book-entry changes to the accounts of its participants, which eliminates the need for physical transfer and delivery of certificates. DTC's participants include securities brokers and dealers, including the initial purchasers; banks and trust companies; clearing corporations and some other organizations. Indirect access to DTC's system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies; these indirect participants clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant in DTC, either directly or indirectly. Investors who are not DTC participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through participants or indirect participants in DTC.

        Bunge Limited Finance and Bunge Limited expect that pursuant to procedures established by DTC:

    upon deposit of each global senior note, DTC will credit the accounts of participants in DTC designated by the initial purchasers with an interest in the global senior note; and

    ownership of the senior notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership of the senior notes will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC, with respect to the interests of participants in DTC, and the records of participants and indirect participants, with respect to the interests of persons other than participants in DTC.

        The laws of some jurisdictions may require that some purchasers of securities take physical delivery of the securities in definitive form. Accordingly, the ability to transfer interests in the senior notes represented by a global senior note to these persons may be limited. In addition, because DTC can act only on behalf of its participants, who in turn act on behalf of persons who hold interests through participants, the ability of a person having an interest in senior notes represented by a global senior note to pledge or transfer that interest to persons or entities that do not participate in DTC's system, or to otherwise take actions in respect of that interest, may be affected by the lack of a physical definitive security in respect of the interest.

        So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner of a global senior note, DTC or the nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the senior notes represented by the global senior note for all purposes under the indenture. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a global senior note:

    will not be entitled to have senior notes represented by the global senior note registered in their names;

39


    will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated senior notes; and

    will not be considered the owners or holders of the senior notes under the indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the trustee under the indenture.

        Accordingly, each holder owning a beneficial interest in a global senior note must rely on the procedures of DTC and, if the holder is not a participant or an indirect participant in DTC, on the procedures of the DTC participant through which the holder owns its interest, to exercise any rights of a holder of senior notes under the indenture or the global senior note. We understand that under existing industry practice, if Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited requests any action of holders of senior notes, or a holder that is an owner of a beneficial interest in a global senior note desires to take any action that DTC, as the holder of the global senior note, is entitled to take, then DTC would authorize its participants to take the action and the participants would authorize holders owning through participants to take the action or would otherwise act upon the instruction of such holders. None of Bunge Limited Finance, Bunge Limited or the trustee will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of senior notes by DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of DTC relating to the senior notes.

        Payments with respect to the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including additional interest, if any, on the unregistered senior notes) on any senior notes represented by a global senior note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee on the applicable record date will be payable by the trustee to or at the direction of DTC or its nominee in its capacity as the registered holder of the global senior note representing those senior notes under the indenture. Under the terms of the indenture, Bunge Limited Finance, Bunge Limited and the trustee may treat the persons in whose names the senior notes, including the global senior notes, are registered as the owners of the senior notes for the purpose of receiving payment on the senior notes and for any and all other purposes whatsoever. Accordingly, none of Bunge Limited Finance, Bunge Limited or the trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of amounts to owners of beneficial interests in a global senior note, including principal, premium, if any, and interest. Payments by the participants and the indirect participants in DTC to the owners of beneficial interests in a global senior note will be governed by standing instructions and customary industry practice and will be the responsibility of the participants or the indirect participants and DTC.

        Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with DTC's procedures and will be settled in same-day funds. Transfers between participants in Euroclear or Clearstream Banking will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

        Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the senior notes, cross-market transfers between the participants in DTC, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream Banking participants, on the other hand, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTC's rules on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream Banking, as the case may be, by its respective depositary. These cross-market transactions, however, will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream Banking, as the case may be, by the counterparty in that system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within the established deadlines, Brussels time, of that system. If the transaction meets its settlement requirements, Euroclear or Clearstream Banking, as the case may be, will deliver instructions to its respective depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant global senior notes in DTC and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear participants and Clearstream Banking participants may not deliver instructions directly to the depositaries for Euroclear or Clearstream Banking.

        Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream Banking participant purchasing an interest in a global senior note from a participant in DTC will be credited,

40



and any crediting will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream Banking participant, during the securities settlement processing day, which must be a business day for Euroclear and Clearstream Banking, immediately following the settlement date of DTC. Cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream Banking as a result of sales of interest in a global senior note by or through a Euroclear or Clearstream Banking participant to a participant in DTC will be received with value on the settlement date of DTC but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream Banking cash account only as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream Banking following DTC's settlement date.

        Although DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream Banking have agreed to the above procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the global senior notes among participants in DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream Banking, they are under no obligation to perform or to continue to perform the procedures, and the procedures may be discontinued at any time. None of Bunge Limited Finance, Bunge Limited or the trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream Banking or their respective participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Certificated Senior Note

        If:

    DTC notifies Bunge Limited Finance that it is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as a depositary or DTC ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days of such notice or cessation;

    Bunge Limited Finance or Bunge Limited, at its option, notifies the trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of senior notes in definitive form under the indenture; or

    upon the occurrence of some other events as provided in the indenture;

then, upon surrender by DTC of the global senior notes, certificated senior notes will be issued to each person that DTC identifies as the beneficial owner of the senior notes represented by the global senior notes. Upon the issuance of certificated senior notes, the trustee is required to register the certificated senior notes in the name of that person or persons, or their nominee, and cause the certificated senior notes to be delivered thereto.

        None of Bunge Limited Finance, Bunge Limited or the trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any participant or indirect participant in DTC in identifying the beneficial owners of the related senior notes and each of those persons may conclusively rely on, and will be protected in relying on, instructions from DTC for all purposes, including with respect to the registration and delivery, and the respective principal amounts, of the senior notes to be issued.

41



DESCRIPTION OF MASTER TRUST STRUCTURE

        Bunge Limited formed a master trust in order to permit it and its subsidiaries to borrow funds on both a short-term and long-term basis on a more efficient basis. The master trust was created under New York law pursuant to a pooling agreement among Bunge Funding, Inc., Bunge Management Services, Inc., as servicer, and The Bank of New York, as trustee. The primary assets of the master trust consist of intercompany loans made to Bunge Limited and its subsidiaries with the proceeds of funds raised by the master trust through the issuance of variable funding certificates.

        The intercompany loans held by the master trust are made by two of Bunge Limited's subsidiaries. Bunge Finance Limited, Bunge Limited's wholly owned subsidiary organized under the laws of Bermuda, makes loans to Bunge Limited and its non-U.S. subsidiaries. Bunge Finance North America, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Bunge N.A. Holdings, Inc. (which is, in turn, wholly owned by Bunge Limited), makes loans to Bunge Limited's U.S. subsidiaries. Each intercompany loan bears interest at a floating rate specified from time to time by the Bunge subsidiary making the loan at the estimated blended cost of funds of the master trust (plus a small profit margin). Bunge Finance Limited and Bunge Finance North America, Inc. are parties to a sale agreement with Bunge Funding, Inc. under which each intercompany loan, together with all property and proceeds related thereto, is sold to Bunge Funding, Inc. Bunge Funding, Inc., in turn, immediately sells the intercompany loans to the master trust pursuant to a pooling agreement. Bunge Management Services, Inc. services the intercompany loans held by the master trust in accordance with the terms of a servicing agreement among Bunge Management Services, Inc., Bunge Funding, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee.

        We raise the funds to fund the intercompany loans by having the master trust issue trust certificates either to a special purpose subsidiary that is incurring indebtedness or directly to third party investors. As of the date of this prospectus, the master trust has four outstanding series of trust certificates issued under series supplements to the pooling agreement, including a series 2002-1 variable funding certificate held by Bunge Limited Finance. The trustee under the master trust is required to allocate collections on the intercompany loans to the trust certificates, including the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate, on an equal basis based upon the principal and accrued interest outstanding with respect to all trust certificates. The master trust may from time to time issue additional series of trust certificates which rank equal in right of payment with the outstanding trust certificates.

        The maximum face amount of the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate held by Bunge Limited Finance is $3,500,000,000. The outstanding amount of the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate varies based on the outstanding amount of indebtedness of Bunge Limited Finance. Under the master trust facility documentation, all of the proceeds borrowed under Bunge Limited Finance's current facilities were used to fund intercompany loans which are acquired by the master trust. In the case of the senior notes, Bunge Limited Finance was required to use all of the net proceeds from the sale of the senior notes to increase its investment in the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate, and the master trust used such proceeds to acquire intercompany loans. The principal and interest outstanding on the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate must at all times exceed the aggregate principal and interest outstanding on all of Bunge Limited Finance's debt, including, without limitation, the senior notes. Accordingly, the holders of the senior notes will benefit to the extent that payments of principal and interest are made by the borrowers on the intercompany loans held by the master trust. The master trust is intended to allow creditors of Bunge Limited Finance and other holders of master trust certificates to have the benefit of claims on Bunge Limited's subsidiaries obligated under intercompany loans. However, intercompany loans made under the master trust facility directly to Bunge Limited do not create any claims against its subsidiaries for the benefit of the holders of the senior notes. Although the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate is not pledged to the holders of the senior notes, the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate and related hedging agreements are the only assets held by

42



Bunge Limited Finance and may not be pledged by Bunge Limited Finance to any of its creditors or any other person. Under the design of the master trust facility structure, the senior notes have the benefit of the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate and the holders of the senior notes thus have the benefit of access on an equal basis with other creditors holding indebtedness owed or payable by Bunge Limited Finance to the payments made on the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate.

        Bunge Limited Finance has been organized and structured to be a bankruptcy-remote entity. As part of the bankruptcy-remote structure of Bunge Limited Finance, the certificate of incorporation of Bunge Limited Finance requires the vote of at least two directors who are "independent" (within the meaning of the certificate of incorporation of Bunge Limited Finance) of Bunge Limited and its affiliates (except that such independent directors of Bunge Limited Finance may also be the independent directors of Bunge Asset Funding Corp., Bunge Funding, Inc., Bunge Finance Europe B.V and any other financing subsidiary established to advance funds to the master trust) in order to, among other things, (1) file a voluntary petition for bankruptcy under the U.S. bankruptcy code or (2) change the voting requirement with respect to the filing of such a voluntary petition for bankruptcy. Each of Bunge Limited Finance's creditors has made "non-petition" agreements agreeing not to institute, or join any other person in instituting, against Bunge Limited Finance, any bankruptcy or similar insolvency proceeding under the laws of any jurisdiction for a period of one year and one day after all outstanding debt of Bunge Limited Finance has been paid in full.

        If Bunge Limited Finance were to become subject, for any reason, to any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding, the proceeds of payments to the master trust on the intercompany loans would be subject to such bankruptcy proceedings. In such event, the holders of the senior notes would experience delays in recovering principal and interest on their senior notes from the proceeds of such intercompany loans. The holders of the senior notes would, however, be able to make a claim on Bunge Limited's guarantee in such circumstances unless the guarantee is unavailable for any reason (whether due to our bankruptcy or otherwise).

        Credit facilities and debt issuances that use the master trust structure include the following:

    $600 million commercial paper facility, backed by a three-year revolving credit facility of the same amount;

    $455 million 364-day multicurrency revolving credit facility;

    $18 million 8.61% five-year Trust Certificates due December 30, 2005;

    $850 million five-year revolving credit facility;

    $50 million three-year senior credit facility;

    $82 million 6.31% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series A, due September 30, 2007;

    $53 million 6.78% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series B, due September 30, 2009;

    $351 million 7.44% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series C, due September 30, 2012;

    $200 million 7.80% Senior Notes due 2012;

    $250 million 3.75% Convertible Notes due 2022;

    $300 million 5.875% Senior Notes due 2013;

    $500 million 4.375% Senior Notes due 2008; and

    $500 million 5.35% Senior Notes due 2014.

        Our financings under the master trust structure contain various restrictive covenants that in some cases include limitations on, among other things, our ability to (1) merge, amalgamate or sell all or substantially all of our assets, (2) incur certain liens, (3) enter into certain sale-leaseback transactions and (4) incur certain indebtedness by subsidiaries. In addition, Bunge Limited must comply with certain financial covenants as of the end of each fiscal quarter. All of the restrictive covenants in the master trust financings are subject to significant qualifications and exceptions.

43



TAXATION

Bermuda Tax Considerations

        The following discussion is the opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman, our special Bermuda tax counsel. At the present time there is no income or other tax of Bermuda imposed by withholding or otherwise on any payment to be made by Bunge Limited pursuant to the guarantee included in the indenture governing the senior notes and there is no Bermuda income or profits tax, withholding tax, capital gains tax, capital transfer tax, estate duty or inheritance tax payable by Bunge Limited in connection with the issuance of the exchange senior notes by Bunge Limited Finance. Bunge Limited has obtained an assurance from the Minister of Finance of Bermuda under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 that, in the event that any legislation is enacted in Bermuda imposing any tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, such tax shall not, until March 28, 2016, be applicable to Bunge Limited or to any of Bunge Limited's operations or to Bunge Limited's shares, debentures or other obligations except insofar as such tax applies to persons ordinarily resident in Bermuda or to any taxes payable by Bunge Limited in respect of real property owned or leased by Bunge Limited in Bermuda.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

        The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to the exchange of unregistered senior notes for exchange senior notes, and of the ownership and disposition of the exchange senior notes, by beneficial owners ("Holders") that have held the unregistered senior notes, and that will hold the exchange senior notes, as capital assets. This summary is based on the provisions of the Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in effect as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change (possibly on a retroactive basis). This summary is intended for general information only, and does not purport to be a complete analysis of all of the potential U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to the particular circumstances of Holders, or to Holders that may be subject to special U.S. federal income tax rules (such as dealers in securities or foreign currencies, insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, financial institutions, partnerships and other pass-through entities, U.S. expatriates, tax-exempt organizations, United States Holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, and persons who hold unregistered senior notes or the exchange senior notes as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion or constructive sale transaction or other risk reduction transaction). Furthermore, this summary does not address any state, local or foreign tax implications, or any aspect of U.S. federal tax law other than income taxation.

         PROSPECTIVE HOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXCHANGE OF UNREGISTERED SENIOR NOTES FOR EXCHANGE SENIOR NOTES, AND OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF EXCHANGE SENIOR NOTES, BASED UPON THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS, INCLUDING ANY CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER APPLICABLE STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS.

        For purposes of this discussion, a "United States Holder" means a Holder of an unregistered senior note or exchange senior note that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States (ii) a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust if the administration of the trust is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have

44



the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or if the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996 and has elected to continue to be treated as a U.S. person under the Code. Correspondingly, a "Foreign Holder" is a Holder of an unregistered senior note or exchange senior note that is not a United States Holder. The U.S. federal income tax consequences of a partner in a partnership holding unregistered senior notes or exchange senior notes generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners in a partnership holding unregistered senior notes or exchange senior notes should consult their own tax advisors.

Exchange Offer

        The exchange of an unregistered senior note for an exchange senior note pursuant to the exchange offer will not be taxable to the exchanging Holder for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, an exchanging Holder:

    would not recognize any gain or loss on the exchange;

    would have a holding period for the exchange senior note that includes the holding period for the unregistered senior note exchanged therefor; and

    would have an adjusted tax basis in the exchange senior note immediately after the exchange equal to its adjusted tax basis in the unregistered senior note exchanged therefor immediately prior to the exchange.

        The exchange offer is not expected to result in any U.S. federal income tax consequences to a non-exchanging Holder.

Ownership and Disposition of Exchange Senior Notes

United States Holders

Payments of Stated Interest

        Stated interest payable on an exchange senior note generally will be taxable to a United States Holder as ordinary interest income at the time the interest is accrued or received in accordance with the United States Holder's regular method of tax accounting.

Market Discount and Premium

        A United States Holder that acquired an exchange senior note at a price less than its stated principal amount would be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as having acquired the exchange senior note with market discount, subject to a de minimis exception. In the case of an exchange senior note having market discount, a United States Holder will be required to treat any partial principal payment received on, and any gain recognized upon the sale or other disposition of, the exchange senior note as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount that accrued during such United States Holder's holding period for the exchange senior note, unless such United States Holder elects to annually include market discount in gross income over time as the market discount accrues (on a ratable basis or, at the election of the United States Holder, a constant yield basis). Such election to include market discount in gross income as it accrues, once made, is irrevocable. In addition, a United States Holder that holds an exchange senior note with market discount, and that does not elect to accrue market discount into gross income over time, may be required to defer the deduction of interest expense incurred or continued to purchase or carry the exchange senior note.

        Furthermore, if an exchange senior note is acquired by a United States Holder with a more than de minimis market discount and is subsequently disposed in a transaction that is nontaxable in whole or in part (other than certain transactions described in section 1276(d) of the Code), accrued market

45



discount will be includible in gross income as ordinary income as if such United States Holder had sold the exchange senior note at its then fair market value.

        A United States Holder that acquired an exchange senior note for an amount in excess of its stated principal amount may elect to treat the excess as "amortizable bond premium." In such case, the amount required to be included in the United States Holder's gross income each year with respect to interest on the exchange senior note generally will be reduced by the amount of amortizable bond premium allocable (based on the note's yield to maturity) to that year. Any election to amortize bond premium will apply to all exchange senior notes held by the United States Holder at the beginning of the first taxable year to which the election applies or thereafter acquired by the United States Holder and is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS.

Sales and Other Taxable Dispositions

        In general, upon the sale or other taxable disposition of an exchange senior note, a United States Holder will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on such sale or other taxable disposition (not including any amount attributable to accrued but unpaid interest, which will be treated as a payment of interest for U.S. federal income tax purposes and therefore will be taxable as ordinary income to the extent not previously included in gross income) and such Holder's adjusted tax basis in the exchange senior note. Such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss (except that any gain will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of any market discount that has accrued on the exchange senior note but not previously been included in the gross income of the United States Holder), and such capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the exchange senior note was held by the United States Holder for more than one year at the time of the disposition. A United States Holder's adjusted tax basis in an exchange senior note generally will equal the cost of the exchange senior note to such Holder, increased by any market discount previously included in gross income and reduced by any principal payments previously received by such Holder and any bond premium previously deducted by the United States Holder in respect of the exchange senior note. Certain non-corporate United States Holders (including individuals) are eligible for preferential rates of U.S. federal income taxation in respect of long-term capital gains. The deduction of capital losses is subject to certain limitations under the Code.

Foreign Holders

Payments of Stated Interest

        Payments of stated interest on an exchange senior note by us or any paying agent to a Foreign Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax, provided that:

      the interest income in respect of the exchange senior note is not effectively connected with the conduct by the Foreign Holder of a trade or business within the United States;

      the Foreign Holder does not own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our shares entitled to vote;

      the Foreign Holder is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the Code) related, directly or indirectly, to us through stock ownership;

      the Foreign Holder is not a bank whose receipt of interest on the exchange senior note is described in Code Section 881(c)(3)(A); and

      the certification requirements under Code Section 871(h) or 881(c) and Treasury regulations thereunder and described generally below are met.

46


        For purposes of Code Sections 871(h) and 881(c) and the underlying Treasury regulations, in order to obtain the exemption from U.S. federal income and withholding tax described above, either (1) the Foreign Holder must provide its name and address, and certify, under penalties of perjury, to us or our paying agent, as the case may be, that such Holder is not a United States person or (2) the Foreign Holder must hold its exchange senior notes through certain intermediaries and both the Foreign Holder and the relevant intermediary must satisfy the certification requirements of applicable Treasury regulations. A certificate described in this paragraph is generally effective only with respect to payments of interest made to the certifying Foreign Holder after issuance of the certificate in the calendar year of its issuance and the two immediately succeeding calendar years. Under Treasury regulations, the foregoing certification generally may be provided by a Foreign Holder on IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable W-8 form).

        Payments of interest on an exchange senior note that do not satisfy all of the foregoing requirements generally will be subject to 30% U.S. federal withholding tax unless the Foreign Holder provides us or our paying agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty. However, if the interest income in respect of an exchange senior note is effectively connected with the conduct by the Foreign Holder of a U.S. trade or business (and, if a tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by the Foreign Holder), then such interest income generally will be exempt from the withholding tax described above, and instead will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated tax rates applicable to United States Holders. A Foreign Holder must provide a duly executed IRS Form W-8ECI to us or our paying agent in order to avoid U.S. federal withholding tax in respect of effectively connected interest income. In certain circumstances, a Foreign Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" in respect of effectively connected interest income (currently at a 30% rate or, if applicable, a lower tax treaty rate).

Sales and Other Taxable Dispositions

        In general, a Foreign Holder of an exchange senior note will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain recognized on the sale or other taxable disposition of an exchange senior note, unless:

      such Foreign Holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met; or

      the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business of the Foreign Holder (and, if a tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by the Foreign Holder).

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        Under current U.S. federal income tax law, a backup withholding tax at specified rates (currently 28%) and information reporting requirements apply to certain payments of principal and interest made to, and to the proceeds of sale before maturity by, certain Holders of exchange senior notes. In the case of a noncorporate United States Holder, information reporting requirements will apply to payments of principal or interest made by us or our paying agent on an exchange senior note. Backup withholding tax will apply to a United States Holder if:

      the United States Holder fails to furnish its Taxpayer Identification Number ("TIN") (which, for an individual, is his or her Social Security Number) to the payor in the manner required;

47


      the United States Holder furnishes an incorrect TIN and the payor is so notified by the IRS;

      the payor is notified by the IRS that the United States Holder has failed to properly report payments of interest or dividends; or

      under certain circumstances, the United States Holder fails to certify, under penalties of perjury, that it has furnished a correct TIN and has not been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding for failure to report interest or dividend payments.

        Backup withholding and information reporting does not apply with respect to payments made to certain exempt recipients, including corporations (within the meaning of Code Section 7701(a)), tax-exempt organizations or qualified pension and profit-sharing trusts. United States Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their qualification for exemption from backup withholding and information reporting, and the procedure for obtaining such an exemption if applicable.

        We must report annually to the IRS, and to each Foreign Holder, the amount of interest paid to you on an exchange senior note and the amount of tax withheld with respect to those payments. Copies of the information returns reporting those interest payments and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which you reside under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty. Backup withholding will not apply to payments of principal or interest made by us or any paying agent thereof on an exchange senior note (absent actual knowledge or reason to know that the Holder is actually a United States Holder) if such Holder has provided the required certification under penalties of perjury that it is not a United States person or has otherwise established an exemption. Backup withholding and information reporting may apply to the proceeds of the sale of an exchange senior note within the United States or conducted through certain U.S. related financial intermediaries unless the certification requirements described under "—Foreign Holders—Payments of Stated Interest" above are satisfied and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the Holder is actually a United States Holder or the Holder has otherwise established an exemption. Foreign Holders of exchange senior notes should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of information reporting and backup withholding in their particular situations, the availability of an exemption therefrom, and the procedure for obtaining such an exemption, if available.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from a payment under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against a Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such Holder to a refund, provided that certain required information is furnished to the IRS.

48



PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

        Each broker-dealer that receives exchange senior notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange senior notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange senior notes received in exchange for unregistered senior notes where such unregistered senior notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until 180 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange senior notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

        We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange senior notes by broker-dealers. Exchange senior notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange senior notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers that may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such exchange senior notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange senior notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange senior notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of exchange senior notes and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

49



ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

        Bunge Limited is a Bermuda exempted company. Most of Bunge Limited's directors and some of Bunge Limited's officers are not residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of Bunge Limited's assets and the assets of those directors and officers are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process on those persons in the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against Bunge Limited or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. Bunge Limited has been advised by its special Bermuda counsel, Conyers Dill & Pearman, that uncertainty exists as to whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions (including the United States) against it or its directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions or entertain actions in Bermuda against Bunge Limited or its directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions.

        Bunge Limited has submitted to the jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and New York state courts sitting in the City of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of this offering, and Bunge Limited has agreed to accept service of process in any such action at its principal executive offices in White Plains, New York.


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the exchange senior notes and the guarantee will be passed upon by Winston & Strawn LLP, Chicago, Illinois. In addition, certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of these securities will be passed upon by Shearman & Sterling LLP, New York. Certain legal matters relating to Bermuda law will be passed upon for Bunge Limited by Conyers Dill & Pearman, Hamilton, Bermuda. James M. Macdonald, a partner of Conyers Dill & Pearman, serves as Bunge Limited's secretary.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements and the related financial statement schedule incorporated in this prospectus by reference from Bunge Limited's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports, which are incorporated herein by reference (which reports express an unqualified opinion and include an explanatory paragraph relating to changes in methods of accounting for goodwill and asset retirement obligations in 2002), and have been so incorporated in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

50



PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Bunge Limited Finance Corp. is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 ("Section 145") of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (the "General Corporation Law"), inter alia, provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation's best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are or threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation's best interests, provided that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the director or officer is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above, the corporation must indemnify such person against the expenses (including attorneys' fees) which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

        Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.

        Bunge Limited Finance Corp.'s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide for the indemnification of officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law. All of Bunge Limited Finance Corp.'s directors and officers are insured against certain liabilities for actions taken in their capacities as such, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

        Bunge Limited's bye-laws contain a broad waiver by Bunge Limited's shareholders of any claim or right of action, both individually and on Bunge Limited's behalf, against any of Bunge Limited's officers or directors. The waiver applies to any action taken by an officer or director, or the failure of an officer or director to take any action, in the performance of his or her duties, except with respect to any matter involving any fraud or dishonesty on the part of the officer or director. This waiver limits the right of shareholders to assert claims against Bunge Limited's officers and directors unless the act or failure to act involves fraud or dishonesty. Bunge Limited's bye-laws also indemnify Bunge Limited's directors and officers in respect of their actions and omissions, except in respect of their fraud or

II-1



dishonesty. The indemnification provided in the bye-laws is not exclusive of other indemnification rights to which a director or officer may be entitled, provided these rights do not extend to his or her fraud or dishonesty.

        Section 98 of the Companies Act 1981 (the "Companies Act") provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law otherwise would be imposed on them in respect to any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to the company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favor or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda pursuant to Section 281 of the Companies Act.

        Bunge Limited maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to its directors, secretaries and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (b) to Bunge Limited with respect to payments which may be made by Bunge Limited to such directors and officers pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.

Item 21. Exhibits

    (a)
    Exhibits

        See the index to exhibits that appears immediately following the signature pages to this registration statement.

    (b)
    Financial Statement Schedule

        Not applicable.

Item 22. Undertakings

        The undersigned registrants hereby undertake:

            (1)   To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

        (i)
        to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

        (ii)
        to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of this registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement; and

        (iii)
        to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

II-2


    provided, however, that the undertakings set forth in clauses (1)(i) and (ii) above do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those clauses is contained in periodic reports filed by the registrants pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in this registration statement;

            (2)   That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

            (3)   To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

            (4)   That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrants' annual reports pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in this registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

            (5)   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

            (6)   To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

            (7)   To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-3



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of White Plains, State of New York, on the 13th day of August, 2004.

    BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.

 

 

By:

/s/  
MORRIS KALEF       
Name: Morris Kalef
Title: President

        Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints William M. Wells and Morris Kalef, jointly and severally, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done and hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature
  Title
  Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/   MORRIS KALEF       
Morris Kalef
  President and Director   August 13, 2004

/s/  
FRANK MARCHIONY       
Frank Marchiony

 

Treasurer

 

August 13, 2004

/s/  
T.K. CHOPRA       
T.K. Chopra

 

Director

 

August 13, 2004

/s/  
STUART D. HONSE       
Stuart D. Honse

 

Director

 

August 13, 2004

/s/  
JERRY G. LANGLEY       
Jerry G. Langley

 

Director

 

August 13, 2004


Carleton D. Pearl

 

Director

 

 

/s/  
WILLIAM M. WELLS       
William M. Wells

 

Director

 

August 13, 2004

II-4



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of White Plains, State of New York, on the 13th day of August, 2004.

    BUNGE LIMITED

 

 

By:

/s/  
WILLIAM M. WELLS       
Name: William M. Wells
Title: Chief Financial Officer

        Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Alberto Weisser and William M. Wells, jointly and severally, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done and hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature
  Title
  Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/   ALBERTO WEISSER       
Alberto Weisser
  Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors   August 13, 2004

/s/  
WILLIAM M. WELLS       
William M. Wells

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

August 13, 2004

/s/  
T.K. CHOPRA       
T.K. Chopra

 

Controller and Principal Accounting Officer

 

August 13, 2004

/s/  
JORGE BORN, JR.       
Jorge Born, Jr.

 

Deputy Chairman and Director

 

August 13, 2004

/s/  
ERNEST G. BACHRACH       
Ernest G. Bachrach

 

Director

 

August 13, 2004

/s/  
ENRIQUE H. BOILINI       
Enrique H. Boilini

 

Director

 

August 13, 2004
         

II-5



/s/  
MICHAEL H. BULKIN       
Michael H. Bulkin

 

Director

 

August 13, 2004

/s/  
OCTAVIO CARABALLO       
Octavio Caraballo

 

Director

 

August 13, 2004

/s/  
FRANCIS COPPINGER       
Francis Coppinger

 

Director

 

August 13, 2004

/s/  
BERNARD DE LA TOUR LAURAGUAIS       
Bernard de La Tour
d'Auvergne Lauraguais

 

Director

 

August 13, 2004

/s/  
WILLIAM ENGELS       
William Engels

 

Director

 

August 13, 2004

/s/  
PAUL H. HATFIELD       
Paul H. Hatfield

 

Director

 

August 13, 2004

/s/  
CARLOS BRAUN SAINT       
Carlos Braun Saint

 

Director

 

August 13, 2004

/s/  
WILLIAM M. WELLS       
Bunge Limited, U.S. Office
    By: William M. Wells,
    Chief Financial Officer

 

Authorized Representative in the United States

 

August 13, 2004

II-6



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number

  Description of Exhibits

3.1   Memorandum of Association (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form F-1 (No. 333-65026) filed July 31, 2001)

3.2

 

Bye-laws, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form 20-F filed March 31, 2003)

3.3

 

Certificate of Incorporation of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Registration Statement on Form F-4 (No. 333-104975) filed on May 5, 2003)

3.4

 

By-laws of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Registration Statement on Form F-4 (No. 333-104975) filed on May 5, 2003)

4.1*

 

Indenture, dated as of April 13, 2004 among Bunge Limited Finance Corp., Bunge Limited and SunTrust Bank

4.2*

 

Form of Exchange Senior Note

4.3*

 

Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated April 13, 2004 among Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and Bunge Limited and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated as representatives of the initial purchasers

5.1*

 

Opinion of Winston & Strawn LLP

5.2*

 

Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman

8.1*

 

Tax Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman

8.2*

 

Tax Opinion of Shearman & Sterling LLP

10.1

 

Administrative Services Agreement dated as of July 1, 2001 between Bunge Limited and Bunge International Limited (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form F-1 (No. 333-65026) filed July 31, 2001)

10.2

 

Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 25, 2001 between Bunge Limited and the shareholders of Bunge International Limited (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form F-1 (No. 333-65026) filed July 31, 2001)

10.3

 

Pooling Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2000, between Bunge Funding Inc., Bunge Management Services Inc., as Servicer, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Trustee (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form F-1 (No. 333-65026) filed July 31, 2001)

10.4

 

Security Agreement dated May 17, 2001 between Bunge Limited and Bunge International Limited (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form F-1 (No. 333-65026) filed July 31, 2001)

10.5

 

Second Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement, dated as of February 26, 2002, between Bunge Funding Inc., Bunge Management Services, Inc., as Servicer, Cooperative Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., "Rabobank International", New York branch, as Letter of Credit Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent, The Bank of New York, as Collateral Agent and Trustee, and Bunge Asset Funding Corp., as Series 2000-1 Purchaser, amending and restating the First Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement, dated July 12, 2001, which is filed as Exhibit 4.4 hereto (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form F-1 (No. 333-81322) filed March 12, 2002)
     

II-7



10.6

 

First Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated as of October 16, 2001 and effective as of September 21, 2001 between Bunge Limited and Bunge International Limited, amending the Loan Agreement dated May 17, 2001, which is filed as Exhibit 10.4 hereto (incorporated by reference from the Bunge Limited's Form F-1 (No. 333-81322) filed March 12, 2002)

10.7

 

First Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of September 6, 2002, among Bunge Limited Finance Corp., as Borrower, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, Credit Lyonnais Chicago Branch, as Co-Syndication Agent, Cooperative Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., "Rabobank International", New York Branch, as Co-Syndication Agent and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form 20-F filed March 31, 2003)

10.8

 

Multicurrency Revolving Facilities Agreement, dated May 28, 2003, among Bunge Finance Europe B.V., as Borrower, BNP Paribas, CCF and Société Générale, as mandated lead arrangers and HSBC Bank plc, as Agent (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form 20-F filed on March 15, 2004)

10.9

 

Fifth Amended and Restated Liquidity Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2003, among Bunge Asset Funding Corp., the financial institutions party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form 20-F filed on March 15, 2004)

10.10

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2003, between Bunge Limited and Alberto Weisser (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form 10-K filed on July 27, 2004)

10.11

 

Amended and Restated Bunge Limited Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form 10-K filed on July 27, 2004)

10.12

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the Amended and Restated Bunge Limited Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form 10-K filed on July 27, 2004)

10.13

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Amended and Restated Bunge Limited Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form 10-K filed on July 27, 2004)

10.14

 

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Amended and Restated Bunge Limited Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form 10-K filed on July 27, 2004)

10.15

 

Amended and Restated Bunge Limited Non-Employee Directors Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form 10-K filed on July 27, 2004)

10.16

 

Bunge Limited Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors (as amended as of March 12, 2003) (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form 10-K filed on July 27, 2004)

10.17

 

Excess Benefit Plan of Bunge Management Services Inc. (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form 10-K filed on July 27, 2004)

10.18

 

Excess Contribution Plan of Bunge Management Services Inc. (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form 10-K filed on July 27, 2004)

10.19

 

Excess Benefit Plan of Bunge Global Markets Inc. (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form 10-K filed on July 27, 2004)
     

II-8



10.20

 

Excess Contribution Plan of Bunge Global Markets Inc. (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form 10-K filed on July 27, 2004)

10.21

 

Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2004, among Bunge Limited Finance Corp., as Borrower, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, BNP Paribas, as Documentation Agent, Credit Suisse First Boston, as Documentation Agent, Cooperative Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., "Rabobank International," New York Branch, as Documentation Agent and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2004)

10.22

 

Sixth Amended and Restated Liquidity Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2004, among Bunge Asset Funding Corp., the financial institutions party thereto, Citibank N.A., as Syndication Agent, BNP Paribas, as Documentation Agent, Credit Suisse First Boston, as Documentation Agent, Cooperative Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., "Rabobank International," New York Branch, as Documentation Agent and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2004)

10.23

 

Amendment Agreement, dated May 26, 2004, among Bunge Finance Europe B.V., as Borrower and HSBC Bank plc, as Agent, to Multicurrency Revolving Facilities Agreement, dated May 28, 2003, among Bunge Finance Europe B.V., as Borrower, BNP Paribas, CCF and SociétéGénérale, as mandated lead arrangers and HSBC Bank plc, as Agent (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2004)

12.1*

 

Statement regarding Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges

21.1  

 

Subsidiaries of Bunge Limited (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Form 10-K filed on July 27, 2004)

23.1*

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

23.2*

 

Consent of Winston & Strawn LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

23.3*

 

Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman (included in Exhibits 5.2 and 8.1)

23.4*

 

Consent of Shearman & Sterling LLP (included in Exhibit 8.2)

24.1*

 

Power of Attorney of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. (included in signature page)

24.2*

 

Power of Attorney of Bunge Limited (included in signature page)

25.1*

 

Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on Form T-1

99.1*

 

Form of Letter of Transmittal

99.2*

 

Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery

*
Filed herewith.

II-9




QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
SUMMARY
Bunge Limited Finance Corp.
Bunge Limited
SUMMARY OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
SUMMARY DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE SENIOR NOTES
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
RISK FACTORS
CAPITALIZATION
USE OF PROCEEDS
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
DESCRIPTION OF THE SENIOR NOTES
BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM
DESCRIPTION OF MASTER TRUST STRUCTURE
TAXATION
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
SIGNATURES
SIGNATURES
EXHIBIT INDEX

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.1

EXECUTION COPY

BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.,
as Issuer

BUNGE LIMITED,
as Guarantor

AND

SUNTRUST BANK,
as Trustee

5.350% Senior Notes Due 2014

INDENTURE
Dated as of April 13, 2004



TABLE OF CONTENTS


 
 
  Page
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01.

Definitions

 

1
Section 1.02. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act   10
Section 1.03. Rules of Construction   10

ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES

Section 2.01.

Form, Dating and Terms

 

10
Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication   15
Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent   15
Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust   16
Section 2.05. Noteholder Lists   16
Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange   17
Section 2.07. Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Institutional Accredited Investors   19
Section 2.08. Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S   19
Section 2.09. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes   19
Section 2.10. Outstanding Notes   20
Section 2.11. Temporary Notes   20
Section 2.12. Cancellation   20
Section 2.13. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest   21
Section 2.14. Computation of Interest   21
Section 2.15. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers   21

ARTICLE 3
COVENANTS

Section 3.01.

Payment of Notes

 

22
Section 3.02. Limitation and Restrictions on Activities of the Company   22
Section 3.03. Limitation on Liens   23
Section 3.04. Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions   23
Section 3.05. Exclusion from Limitations   23
Section 3.06. Maintenance of Office or Agency   24
Section 3.07. Corporate Existence   24
Section 3.08. Maintenance of Properties; Insurance   24
Section 3.09. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims   24
Section 3.10. Payments for Consent   24
Section 3.11. Compliance Certificate   25
Section 3.12. Further Instruments and Acts   25
Section 3.13. Statement by Officers as to Default   25
Section 3.14. Notice of Change in Bermuda Law, Debt Ratings   25

ARTICLE 4
SUCCESSOR GUARANTOR

Section 4.01.

Consolidation, Merger, Amalgamation and Sale of Assets by the Guarantor

 

26
       

i



ARTICLE 5
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION OF NOTES

Section 5.01.

Optional Redemption by the Company

 

27
Section 5.02. Applicability of Article   27
Section 5.03. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee   27
Section 5.04. Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed   27
Section 5.05. Notice of Redemption   27
Section 5.06. Deposit of Redemption Price   28
Section 5.07. Notes Payable on Redemption Date   28
Section 5.08. Notes Redeemed in Part   28

ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01.

Events of Default

 

29
Section 6.02. Acceleration   30
Section 6.03. Other Remedies   30
Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults   31
Section 6.05. Control by Majority   31
Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits   31
Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment   31
Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee   31
Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim   32
Section 6.10. Priorities   32
Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs   33

ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE

Section 7.01.

Duties of Trustee

 

33
Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee   34
Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee   35
Section 7.04. Trustee's Disclaimer   35
Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults   35
Section 7.06. Report by Trustee to Holders   35
Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity   35
Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee   36
Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger   37
Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification   37
Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company   37
Section 7.12. Trustee's Application for Instruction from the Company   37

ARTICLE 8
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01.

Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance

 

37
Section 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance   38
Section 8.03. Application of Trust Money   39
Section 8.04. Repayment to Company   39
Section 8.05. Indemnity for U.S. Government Securities   40
Section 8.06. Reinstatement   40
       

ii



ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENTS

Section 9.01.

Without Consent of Holders

 

40
Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders   40
Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act   41
Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers   41
Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes   41
Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments   42

ARTICLE 10
GUARANTEE

Section 10.01.

Guarantee

 

42
Section 10.02. No Subrogation   43
Section 10.03. Consideration   43
Section 10.04. Additional Amounts   43

ARTICLE 11
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01.

Trust Indenture Act Controls

 

43
Section 11.02. Notices   44
Section 11.03. Communication by Holders with Other Holders   44
Section 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent   44
Section 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion   45
Section 11.06. When Notes Disregarded   45
Section 11.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar   45
Section 11.08. Legal Holidays   46
Section 11.09. GOVERNING LAW   46
Section 11.10. No Recourse Against Others   46
Section 11.11. Successors   46
Section 11.12. Consent to Jurisdiction   46
Section 11.13. Appointment for Agent for Service of Process   46
Section 11.14. Waiver of Immunities   46
Section 11.15. Foreign Taxes   47
Section 11.16. Judgment Currency   47
Section 11.17. No Bankruptcy Petition Against the Borrower; Liability of the Borrower   47
Section 11.18. Multiple Originals   47
Section 11.19. Qualification of Indenture   47
Section 11.20. Table of Contents; Headings   48

EXHIBIT A

Form of the Initial Note and Subsequent Note

 

 
EXHIBIT B Form of the Exchange Note    
EXHIBIT C Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Institutional Accredited Investors    
EXHIBIT D Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S    
SCHEDULE 1.1 Designated Obligors and Material Subsidiaries    
SCHEDULE 3.4 Existing Liens    

iii



CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

Trust Indenture
Act Section

  Indenture
310 (a)(1)                         Section 7.10
  (a)(2)                         Section 7.10
  (a)(3)                             N.A.
  (a)(4)                             N.A.
  (b)                         Sections 7.08, 7.10
  (c)                             N.A.
311 (a)                         Section 7.11
  (b)                         Section 7.11
  (c)                             N.A.
312 (a)                         Section 2.05
  (b)                         Section 11.03
  (c)                         Section 11.03
313 (a)                         Section 7.06
  (b)(1)                             N.A.
  (b)(2)                         Section 7.06
  (c)                         Section 7.06
  (d)                         Section 7.06
314 (a)                         Sections 3.11, 11.02, 11.05
  (b)                             N.A.
  (c)(1)                         Section 11.04
  (c)(2)                         Section 11.04
  (c)(3)                             N.A.
  (d)                             N.A.
  (e)                         Section 11.05
315 (a)                         Section 7.01
  (b)                         Sections 7.05; 11.02
  (c)                         Section 7.01
  (d)                         Section 7.01
  (e)                         Section 6.11
316 (a)(last sentence)                         Section 11.06
  (a)(1)(A)                         Section 6.05
  (a)(1)(B)                         Section 6.04
  (a)(2)                             N.A.
  (b)                         Section 6.08
317 (a)(1)                         Section 6.08
  (a)(2)                         Section 6.09
  (b)                         Section 2.04
318 (a)                         Section 11.01

        N.A. means Not Applicable.

        Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

iv


        INDENTURE dated as of April 13, 2004, among BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP., a Delaware corporation (the " Company "), as issuer, BUNGE LIMITED, a company formed under the laws of Bermuda with limited liability (the " Guarantor "), as guarantor, and SUNTRUST BANK, a Georgia bank and trust company (the " Trustee "), as trustee.

        Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of (i) the Company's 5.350% Senior Notes Due 2014 issued on the date hereof and the guarantees thereof by the Guarantor (the " Initial Notes "), (ii) if and when issued, additional 5.350% Senior Notes Due 2014 which may be offered subsequent to the Issue Date and the guarantees thereof by the Guarantor (the " Subsequent Notes ") and (iii) if and when issued in exchange for the Initial Notes as provided in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement or a similar agreement relating to the Initial Notes, the Company's 5.350% Senior Notes Due 2014 and the guarantees thereof by the Guarantor (the " Exchange Notes " and together with the Initial Notes and any Subsequent Notes, the " Notes ").


ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

        Section 1.01.     Definitions.     

        " Affiliate " means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided, however , that the existence of a management contract by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company to manage another entity shall not be deemed to be control.

        " Agent Member " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(d)(iii) hereof.

        " Attributable Indebtedness " means, when used with respect to any Sale-Leaseback Transaction, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of interest set forth in or implicit in the terms of the lease) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments (other than amounts required to be paid on account of property taxes, maintenance, repairs, insurance, assessments, utilities, operating and labor costs and other items that do not constitute payments for property rights) during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale-Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended).

        " Authenticating Agent " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.02 hereof.

        " Board of Directors " means, with respect to any Person, the board of directors of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.

        " Bunge Master Trust " means the trust created pursuant to the Pooling Agreement, a beneficial interest in the assets of which will be acquired by the Company through the Series 2002-1 VFC.

        " Business Day " means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in The City of New York, New York.

        " Capital Stock " means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) the equity (which includes, but is not limited to, common stock, preferred stock and partnership and joint venture interests) of such Person (excluding any debt securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, such equity).

1



        " Code " means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

        " Company " means Bunge Limited Finance Corp. or its successor.

        " Company Order " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.02 hereof.

        " Comparable Treasury Issue " means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Notes.

        " Comparable Treasury Price " means, with respect to any date fixed for the redemption of Notes, (a) the bid price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) at 4:00 P.M. on the third business day preceding such date, as set forth on "Telerate Page 500" (or such other page as may replace Telerate Page 500), or (b) if such page (or any successor page) is not displayed or does not contain such bid prices at such time (i) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations obtained by the Trustee for such date, after excluding the highest and lowest of four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (ii) if the Trustee is unable to obtain at least four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations obtained by the Trustee.

        " Consolidated Net Tangible Assets " means, at any date of determination, the total amount of assets of the Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries after deducting therefrom:

        (1)   all current liabilities (excluding any current liabilities that by their terms are extendable or renewable at the option of the obligor thereon to a time more than 12 months after the time as of which the amount thereof is being computed);

        (2)   total prepaid expenses and deferred charges; and

        (3)   all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, licenses, copyrights and other intangible assets, all as set forth, or on a pro forma basis would be set forth, on the consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries for its most recently completed fiscal quarter, prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

        " Corporate Trust Office " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.06 hereof.

        " covenant defeasance option " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.01(b) hereof.

        " Default " means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

        " Defaulted Interest " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.13 hereof.

        " Definitive Notes " means certificated Notes.

        " Designated Obligor " means the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries of the Guarantor set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto and any other Subsidiary designated by the Guarantor from time to time, and each of their successors.

        " DTC " means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors and assigns, or such other depository institution hereinafter appointed by the Company.

        " Event of Default " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6.01 hereof.

        " Exchange Act " means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2



        " Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement " means the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated the Issue Date among the Company, the Guarantor and the Representatives to the Initial Purchasers.

        " Exchange Global Note " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(a) hereof.

        " Exchange Notes " has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

        " Fair Market Value " means, with respect to any property, the sale value of such property that would be realized in an arm's length sale at such time between an informed and willing buyer, and an informed and willing seller, under no compulsion to buy or sell, respectively.

        " Fiscal Year " means the fiscal year of the Company ending on December 31 of each year.

        " Global Notes " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(a) hereof.

        " guarantee " means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

        (1)   to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

        (2)   entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

provided , however , that the term "guarantee" will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term "guarantee," when used as a verb, has a corresponding meaning.

        " Guarantee " means any guarantee of payment of the Notes and any other obligations of the Company by the Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

        " Guarantor " means Bunge Limited.

        " Guaranty " means the Fourth Amended and Restated Guaranty, dated as of May 1, 2003, by the Guarantor to Cooperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank and the Master Trust Trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, subject to Section 3.02(f) hereof.

        " Hedge Agreements " means all interest rate swaps, caps or collar agreements or similar arrangements dealing with interest rates or currency exchange rates or the exchange of nominal interest obligations, either generally or under specific contingencies.

        " Holder " or " Noteholder " means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.

        " IAI " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(a) hereof.

        " Indebtedness " means, as to any Person, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property, except trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business, (d) all obligations of such Person as lessee which are capitalized in accordance with U.S. GAAP, (e) all obligations of such Person created or arising under any conditional sales or other title retention agreement with respect to any property acquired by such Person (including without limitation, obligations under any such agreement

3



which provides that the rights and remedies of the seller or lender thereunder in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (f) all obligations of such Person with respect to letters of credit and similar instruments, including without limitation obligations under reimbursement agreements, (g) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person, (h) all net obligations of such Person in respect of equity derivatives and Hedge Agreements and (i) all guarantees of such Person (other than guarantees of obligations of direct or indirect Subsidiaries of such Person).

        " Indenture " means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

        " Independent Investment Banker " means any of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. or Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, or, if all such firms are unwilling or unable to select the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue, a leading independent investment banking institution appointed by the Trustee and reasonably acceptable to Bunge Limited Finance.

        " Initial Notes " has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

        " Initial Purchasers " means, collectively, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, BNP Paribas Securities Corp., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., Rabo Securities USA, Inc. and SG Cowen Securities Corporation.

        " Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(a) hereof.

        " Issue Date " means the date on which the Initial Notes are originally issued.

        " legal defeasance option " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.01(b) hereof.

        " Legal Holiday " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 11.08 hereof.

        " Lien " means any mortgage, lien, security interest, pledge, charge or other encumbrance.

        " Master Trust Transaction Documents " means the collective reference to the Pooling Agreement, the Series 2002-1 Supplement, the Series 2002-1 VFC, the Sale Agreement, the Servicing Agreement and the Guaranty.

        " Master Trust Trustee " means The Bank of New York, as trustee under, and for the purposes of, the Master Trust Transaction Documents, and any successor thereto.

        " Material Adverse Effect " means a material adverse effect, or any development involving a prospective material adverse effect, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

        " Material Subsidiary " means, at any time, any Subsidiary of the Guarantor which at such time is a "Significant Subsidiary" under Regulation S-X of the Exchange Act. The Material Subsidiaries as of the date hereof are set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto.

        " Non-U.S. Person " means a person who is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.

        " Note Register " means the register of Notes, maintained by the Registrar, pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof.

        " Notes " means the collective reference to the Initial Notes, the Subsequent Notes and the Exchange Notes.

4



        " Obligations " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 10.01 hereof.

        " Officer " means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Controller or the Secretary of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable.

        " Officer's Certificate " means a certificate signed by an Officer or attorney-in-fact of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable.

        " Opinion of Counsel " means a written opinion from legal counsel, which counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, who shall be acceptable to the Trustee. The form and substance of such Opinion of Counsel shall likewise be acceptable to the Trustee.

        " Pari Passu Indebtedness " means Indebtedness for borrowed money, the proceeds of which are used to purchase interests in the Series 2002-1 VFC and/or to refinance Indebtedness originally used for such purpose, and Indebtedness incurred in connection with Hedge Agreements, in each case which ranks not greater than pari passu (in priority of payment) with the Notes.

        " Paying Agent " means the Person (including the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary) authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Notes on behalf of the Company.

        " Permitted Indebtedness " means (a) Indebtedness of the Company under the Notes and (b) Pari Passu Indebtedness.

        " Permitted Liens " means:

    (1)
    Liens for current taxes, assessments or other governmental charges which are not delinquent or remain payable without any penalty, or the validity of which is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings upon stay of execution of the enforcement thereof or upon posting a bond in connection therewith;

    (2)
    any Lien pursuant to any order or attachment or similar legal process arising in connection with court proceedings; provided that the execution or other enforcement thereof is effectively stayed or a sufficient bond had been posted and the claims secured thereby are being contested at the time in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

    (3)
    any Liens securing bonds posted with respect to and in compliance with clauses (1) and (2) above;

    (4)
    any Liens securing the claims of mechanics, laborers, workmen, repairmen, materialmen, suppliers, carriers, warehousemen, landlords, or vendors or other claims provided for by mandatory provisions of law which are not yet due and delinquent, or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

    (5)
    any Lien on any Restricted Property securing Indebtedness incurred or assumed solely for the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost of constructing or acquiring such Restricted Property, which Lien attaches to such Restricted Property concurrently with or within 120 days after construction, acquisition or completion of a series of related acquisitions thereof;

    (6)
    Liens existing immediately prior to the execution and delivery of this Indenture (and listed on Schedule 3.4 hereto);

    (7)
    Liens to secure bonds posted in order to obtain stays of judgments, attachments or orders, the existence of which bonds would not otherwise constitute an Event of Default;

    (8)
    Liens on Restricted Property existing prior to the acquisition of such Restricted Property or the acquisition of any Subsidiary that is the owner of such Restricted Property or arising as a

5


      result of contractual commitments to grant a Lien relating to such Restricted Property or such Subsidiary existing prior to such acquisition;

    (9)
    Liens created by a Restricted Subsidiary in favor of the Company, the Guarantor or a Subsidiary;

    (10)
    Liens on any accounts receivable from or invoices to export customers (including, but not limited to, Subsidiaries) and the proceeds thereof;

    (11)
    Liens on rights under contracts to sell, purchase or receive commodities to or from export customers (including, but not limited to, Subsidiaries) and the proceeds thereof;

    (12)
    Liens on cash deposited as collateral in connection with financings where Liens are permitted under clause (10) and (11) of this definition;

    (13)
    Liens extending, renewing or replacing, in whole or in part Liens permitted pursuant to (i) clauses (1) through (5) and (7) through (12), so long as the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed its original principal amount and (ii) in the case of clause (6), so long as the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to the execution and delivery of the Indenture;

    (14)
    minor survey exceptions or minor encumbrances, easements or reservations, or rights of others for rights-of-way, utilities and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties that constitute Restricted Property, which are necessary for the conduct of the activities of the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or which customarily exist on properties of corporations engaged in similar activities and similarly situated and which do not in any event materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary;

    (15)
    Liens on accounts receivable and other related assets arising in connection with transfers thereof to the extent that such transfers are treated as sales of financial assets under FASB Statement No. 140, as in effect from time to time; and

    (16)
    Liens on intercompany loans made to the Guarantor or its Subsidiaries or on any notes or other instruments representing an interest in such intercompany loans in each case as set forth in the Master Trust Transaction Documents.

For purposes of this definition above, (A) the phrases "accounts receivable from or invoices to export customers" and "contracts to sell, purchase or receive commodities to (from) export customers" shall refer to invoices or accounts receivable derived from the sale of, or contracts to sell, purchase or receive wheat, soybeans or other commodities or products derived from the processing of wheat, soybeans or other commodities, by or to the Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary that have been or are to be exported from the country of origin whether or not such sale is made by a Restricted Subsidiary or to any of its Subsidiaries; and (B) property of a party to a corporate reorganization which is not the Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be or have been "acquired" by the Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary as part of such corporate reorganization even if the Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is not the surviving entity.

        " Person " means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision hereof or any other entity.

        " Pooling Agreement " means the Fourth Amended and Restated Pooling Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2003, among Bunge Funding, Inc., Bunge Management Services, Inc., as servicer, and The Bank

6



of New York, in its capacity as Master Trust Trustee, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms, subject to Section 3.02(f) hereof.

        " Principal Trust Office " means the Corporate Trust Office or such other trust office or agency as may be designated by the Trustee in writing to the Company from time to time. The initial Principal Trust Office shall be the office of the Trustee to which notices are to be sent as set forth in Section 11.02 hereof.

        " Property " means any property, whether presently owned or hereafter acquired, including any asset, revenue, or right to receive income or any other property, whether tangible or intangible, real or personal.

        " Private Placement Legend " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(c) hereof.

        " QIB " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(a) hereof.

        " Redemption Date " means, with respect to any redemption of Notes, the date of redemption with respect thereto.

        " Redemption Price " has the meaning ascribed to it under the section entitled "Optional Redemption by the Company" on the reverse side of the Notes, the forms of which are attached as Exhibits A and B hereto.

        " Reference Treasury Dealer " means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, and two other primary U.S. government securities dealers in New York City selected by the Independent Investment Banker (each, a "Primary Treasury Dealer"); provided, however , that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, Bunge Limited Finance will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer.

        " Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations " means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any date fixed for the redemption of Notes, an average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue for the Notes (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such date.

        " Registered Exchange Offer " has the meaning ascribed to it the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

        " Registrar " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.03 hereof.

        " Regulation S " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(a) hereof.

        " Regulation S Global Note " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(a) hereof.

        " Regulation S Legend " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(c) hereof.

        " Regulation S Note " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(a) hereof.

        " Representatives to the Initial Purchasers " means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

        " Resale Restriction Termination Date " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.06 hereof.

        " Restricted Notes Legend " means the Private Placement Legend set forth in clause (1) of Section 2.01(c) hereof or the Regulation S Legend set forth in clause (2) of Section 2.01(c) hereof, as applicable.

        " Restricted Period " means the 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (A) the day on which the Initial Notes are offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) and (B) the Issue Date.

7



        " Restricted Property " means any building, mine, structure or other facility (together with the land on which it is erected and fixtures comprising a part thereof) and inventories now owned or hereafter acquired by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary and used for oilseed or grain origination, processing, transportation or storage, mining or fertilizer refining or storage.

        " Restricted Subsidiary " means (a) any Subsidiary that has been designated by the Guarantor as eligible for intercompany loans to be made by the master trust under Master Trust Transaction Documents, (b) any other Subsidiary which is a "significant subsidiary" under Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, or (c) any other Subsidiary that owns or leases any Restricted Property the aggregate Fair Market Value of which, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Guarantor, exceeds three percent of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Fosfertil S.A. shall not be deemed a Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor for the purpose of the covenants described under Section 3.03 and Section 3.04.

        " Rule 144A " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(a) hereof.

        " Rule 144A Global Note " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(a) hereof.

        " Rule 144A Note " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(a) hereof.

        " Sale Agreemen t" means the Second Amended and Restated Sale Agreement, dated as of September 6, 2002, among Bunge Funding, Inc., as buyer, and Bunge Finance Limited and Bunge Finance North America, Inc., each as a seller, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, subject to Section 3.02(f) hereof.

        " Sale-Leaseback Transaction " means the sale or transfer by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Restricted Property to a Person (other than the Guarantor or a Subsidiary) and the taking back by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, of a lease of such Restricted Property.

        " SEC " means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

        " Securities Act " means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

        " Securities Custodian " means the custodian with respect to the Global Note (as appointed by DTC), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.

        " Series " means an interest in the Bunge Master Trust created and authorized pursuant to a supplement to the Pooling Agreement.

        " Series 2002-1 Supplement " means the Second Amended and Restated Series 2002-1 Supplement to the Pooling Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2004, among the Company, Bunge Funding, Inc., Bunge Management Services, Inc. and the Master Trust Trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, subject to Section 3.02(f) hereof.

8


        " Series 2002-1 VFC " means the interest in the Bunge Master Trust created and authorized pursuant to a supplement to the Pooling Agreement that is designated as the "Series 2002-1 VFC Certificate" in which the Company will acquire a beneficial interest with the net proceeds of the Notes and other Permitted Indebtedness.

        " Servicing Agreement " means the Third Amended and Restated Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2003 among Bunge Funding, Inc., Bunge Management Services, Inc., as the servicer, and The Bank of New York, in its capacity as the Master Trust Trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, subject to Section 3.02(f) hereof.

        " Special Interest Payment Date " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.13 hereof.

        " Special Record Date " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.13 hereof.

        " Stated Maturity " means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

        " Subsequent Notes " has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

        " Subsidiary " means any corporation, limited liability company or other business entity of which the requisite number of shares of stock or other equity ownership interests having ordinary voting power (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to elect a majority of the directors, managers or trustees thereof, or any partnership of which more than 50% of the partners' equity interests (considering all partners' equity interests as a single class) is, in each case, at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by a Person, one or more of the Subsidiaries of such Person, or combination thereof.

        " Successor Guarantor " has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.01 hereof.

        " Trust Indenture Act " means the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as in effect on the date of this Indenture.

        " Trust Officer " means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the individuals who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such individual's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

        " Trustee " means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, such successor.

        " U.S. GAAP " means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in effect from time to time.

        " U.S. Government Securities " means securities that are (a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of

9



such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

        Section 1.02.     Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.     This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the Trust Indenture Act which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following Trust Indenture Act terms have the following meanings:

        "Commission" means the SEC.

        "indenture securities" means the Notes.

        "indenture security holder" means a Noteholder.

        "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture.

        "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee.

        "obligor" on the indenture securities means the Company and any other obligor on the indenture securities.

        All other Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined in the Trust Indenture Act by reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

        Section 1.03.     Rules of Construction.     Unless the context otherwise requires:

    (1)
    a term has the meaning assigned to it;

    (2)
    an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with U.S. GAAP;

    (3)
    "or" is not exclusive;

    (4)
    "including" means including without limitation;

    (5)
    words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; and

    (6)
    the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.


ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES

        Section 2.01.     Form, Dating and Terms.     (a) The Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Company pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, dated April 7, 2004 among the Company, the Guarantor and Representatives to the Initial Purchasers. The Initial Notes will be resold initially only to (A) qualified institutional buyers (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (" Rule 144A ")) in reliance on Rule 144A (" QIBs ") and (B) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act (" Regulation S ")) in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and IAIs in accordance with Rule 501 of the Securities Act in reliance on the procedure described herein.

        Initial Notes offered and sold to the Initial Purchasers, and subsequently resold to QIBs in the United States of America in reliance on Rule 144A (the " Rule 144A Note ") will be issued on the Issue Date in the form of a permanent global Note, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.01(c) hereof (the " Rule 144A Global Note "), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Rule 144A Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC's rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by

10



a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

        Initial Notes offered, sold and resold outside the United States of America (the " Regulation S Note ") in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.01(c) hereof (the " Regulation S Global Note "), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Regulation S Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC's rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

        Initial Notes resold after an initial resale to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A or an initial resale in reliance on Regulation S to institutional "accredited investors" (as defined in Rules 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) under the Securities Act) who are not QIBs (the " IAIs ") in the United States of America will be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the " Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note ") deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may be represented by more that one certificate, if so required by DTC's rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

        Exchange Notes exchanged for interests in the Rule 144A Note, the Regulation S Note and the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note will be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, deposited with the Trustee as hereinafter provided, including the appropriate legend set forth in Section 2.01(c) hereof (the " Exchange Global Note "). The Exchange Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC's rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate.

        The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, the Institutional Investor Global Note and the Exchange Global Note are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the " Global Notes ."

        Except as described in the succeeding two sentences, the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in The City of New York, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof; provided, however , that, at the option of the Company, each installment of interest may be paid by check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Note Register. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least U.S.$1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

        Any Subsequent Notes shall be in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

        The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage, in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A hereto and Exhibit B hereto and in Section 2.01(c)

11



hereof. The Company and the Trustee shall approve the forms of the Notes and any notation, endorsement or legend on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A hereto and Exhibit B hereto are part of the terms of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to be bound by such terms.

        (b)     Denominations.     The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons, and only in denominations of U.S.$1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

        (c)     Restrictive Legends.     Unless and until (i) an Initial Note is sold under an effective registration statement or (ii) an Initial Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note in connection with an effective registration statement, in each case pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement or a similar agreement,

            (1)   The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note shall bear the following legend (the " Private Placement Legend ") on the face thereof:

      "THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER

              (1)   REPRESENTS THAT

                (A)  IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT,

                (B)  IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN "INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR") OR

                (C)  IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND

              (2)   AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY

                (A)  TO THE COMPANY,

                (B)  PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

                (C)  TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

                (D)  IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

                (E)  IN A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000, TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE

12



        TRUSTEE) RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE, OR

                (F)  PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

      PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(E) OR (F) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT."

            (2)   The Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following legend (the " Regulation S Legend ") on the face thereof:

      "THIS NOTE IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE. PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD APPLICABLE HERETO, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN MAY NOT BE HELD BY ANY PERSON OTHER THAN (1) A NON-U.S. PERSON OR (2) A U.S. PERSON WHO PURCHASED SUCH INTEREST IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURSUANT TO RULE 144A THEREUNDER. BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN ARE NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR PHYSICAL NOTES OTHER THAN A PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE. TERMS IN THIS LEGEND ARE USED AS USED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

      THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT."

            (3)   Each of the Global Notes, whether or not an Initial Note, shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

      "UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC),

13


      ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

      TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR'S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF."

        (d)     Book-Entry Provisions.     (i) This Section 2.01(d) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC.

            (ii)   Each Global Note initially shall (A) be registered in the name of DTC or the nominee of DTC, (B) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for DTC and (C) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.01(c) hereof.

            (iii)  Members of, or participants in, DTC (" Agent Members ") shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by DTC or by the Trustee as the custodian of DTC or under such Global Note, and DTC may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

            (iv)  In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.01(e) hereof to beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Notes, the Securities Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Definitive Notes of like tenor and amount.

            (v)   In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.01(e) hereof, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.

            (vi)  The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

        (e)     Definitive Notes.     (i) Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive Definitive Notes. If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may obtain Definitive Notes in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note upon written request in accordance with DTC's and the Registrar's procedures. In addition, Definitive Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if (a) DTC notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when DTC is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice, or (b) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee and Registrar an Officer's

14


Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable or (c) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from DTC.

            (ii)   Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.01(d)(iv) or (v) hereof shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.06(c) hereof bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.01(c) hereof.

            (iii)  In connection with the exchange of a portion of a Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to the transferring Holder a new Definitive Note representing the principal amount not so transferred.

        Section 2.02.     Execution and Authentication.     One Officer shall execute the Notes, on behalf of the Company, by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless, after giving effect to any exchange of Initial Notes for Exchange Notes.

        A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture. A Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

        At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery: (1) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date initially in an aggregate principal amount of U.S. $500,000,000 (2) if and when issued, the Subsequent Notes; and (3) Exchange Notes for issue only in a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, and only in exchange for Initial Notes of an equal principal amount, in each case upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers or by an Officer and an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company (the " Company Order "). Such Company Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Exchange Notes or Subsequent Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is initially limited to U.S. $500,000,000 outstanding (plus any Subsequent Notes), except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes of the same class pursuant to Section 2.06, Section 2.09, Section 2.11, Section 5.08, or Section 9.05 hereof and except for transactions similar to the Registered Exchange Offer. All Notes issued on the Issue Date and all Subsequent Notes shall be identical in all respects other than issue dates, the date from which interest accrues and any changes relating thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Initial Notes, any Subsequent Notes and the Exchange Notes will be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, all Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and no Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.

        The Trustee may appoint an agent (the " Authenticating Agent ") reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as a Paying Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.

        Section 2.03 .    Registrar and Paying Agent.     The Company shall cause to be kept a register for the Notes (the " Note Register ") in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as the Company may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of the Notes and of all transfers and exchanges with respect thereto. The Note Register shall be maintained by the Trustee or such other

15



Person (including the Company or the Guarantor) appointed by the Company as the registrar (the " Registrar "). The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the " Place of Payment "). The Company shall cause each of the Registrar and the Paying Agent to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. The Company may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term "Paying Agent" includes any additional paying agent.

        The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar and Paying Agent that is not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the Trust Indenture Act. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of each such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof. The Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar, co registrar or transfer agent.

        The Company initially appoints DTC to act as depository with respect to the Global Notes. The Trustee is authorized to enter into a letter of representations with DTC in the form provided to the Trustee by the Company and to act in accordance with such letter.

        The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes.

        Section 2.04 .    Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.     By at least 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, or interest when due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company or the Guarantor in making any such payment. If the Company, the Guarantor or a Subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantor acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.04, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantor) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

        Section 2.05 .    Noteholder Lists.     The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Noteholders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, or to the extent otherwise required under the Trust Indenture Act, the Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of the Guarantor, shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders and the Company shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 312(a).

16


        Section 2.06 . Transfer and Exchange. (a) The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note prior to the date which is two years after the later of the date of its original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the " Resale Restriction Termination Date "):

            (i)    a transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee in the form as set forth on the reverse of the Note that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the proposed transferee has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A;

            (ii)   a transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.07 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them; and

            (iii)  a transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.08 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them.

        (b)   The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Regulation S Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period:

            (i)    a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in the form of assignment on the reverse of the Note, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the proposed transferee has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A;

            (ii)   a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.07 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them; and

            (iii)  a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.08 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, receipt by the Trustee or its agent of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them.

17



        After the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Note may be transferred without requiring certification provided for in Section 2.07 or Section 2.08 hereof, or any additional certification.

        (c)    Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear a Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear a Restricted Notes Legend unless there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.

        (d)   The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof or this Section 2.06. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable prior written notice to the Registrar.

        (e)    Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes.

            (i)    To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article 2, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar's or co-registrar's request.

            (ii)   No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company or the Guarantor may require from a Holder payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Section 9.05 hereof).

            (iii)  The Registrar or co-registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of, or exchange of, any Note for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.

            (iv)  Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

            (v)   Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.01(d) hereof shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.06(c) hereof, bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.01(c) hereof.

            (vi)  All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

            (vii) All Global Notes shall be registered in the name of DTC, or a nominee thereof, and all transfers of beneficial ownership interests therein will be made in accordance with the rules of DTC. No investor or other party purchasing, selling or otherwise transferring beneficial ownership interests in Global Notes shall receive, hold or deliver any certificate representing the same. The Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability for transfers of beneficial ownership interests in any Global Note.

18



        (f)     No Obligation of the Trustee.

            (i)    The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, an Agent Member or any other Person with respect to (A) the accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes, (B) the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes, or (C) the selection of the particular Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed or refunded in the event of a partial redemption or refunding of the Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

            (ii)   The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among DTC, its Agent Members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture with respect to transfers between Holders, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

        Section 2.07 . Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Institutional Accredited Investors. The form of certificate to be delivered in connection with transfers of Notes to IAIs is set forth as Exhibit C hereto.

        Section 2.08 . Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S. The form of certificate to be delivered in connection with transfers of Notes pursuant to Regulation S is set forth as Exhibit D hereto.

        Section 2.09 . Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Company, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar and any co-registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced, and, in the absence of notice to the Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

        In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

        Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 2.09, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) in connection therewith.

19



        Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.09 in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, the Guarantor (if applicable) and any other obligor upon the Notes, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

        The provisions of this Section 2.09 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

        Section 2.10 . Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.10 as not outstanding. A Note ceases to be outstanding in the event the Company holds the Note, provided, however, that (i) for purposes of determining which are outstanding for consent or voting purposes hereunder, Notes shall cease to be outstanding in the event the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note and (ii) in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making a determination whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Notes are present at a meeting of Holders of Notes for quorum purposes or have consented to or voted in favor of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, amendment or modification hereunder, or relying upon any such quorum, consent or vote, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be held by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company shall not be considered outstanding.

        If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.09 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

        If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Noteholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

        Section 2.11 . Temporary Notes. Until Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes. After the preparation of Definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a holder of Definitive Notes.

        Section 2.12 . Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee, and no one else, shall cancel and destroy all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation, in its customary manner. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any reason other than in connection with a transfer or exchange.

20



        Section 2.13 . Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest. Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof.

        Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not paid when the same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular record date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called " Defaulted Interest ") shall be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below:

            (a)   The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date (not less than 30 days after such notice) of the proposed payment (the " Special Interest Payment Date "), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a record date (the " Special Record Date ") for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 11.02 hereof, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (b).

            (b)   The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

        Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.13, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of, transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

        Section 2.14 . Computation of Interest. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

        Section 2.15 . CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use "CUSIP" and "ISIN" numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use "CUSIP" and "ISIN" numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the

21



Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such CUSIP or ISIN numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers.


ARTICLE 3
COVENANTS

        Section 3.01 . Payment of Notes. The Company shall promptly pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Noteholders on that date.

        The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture and subject to Section 10.04, the Company may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal or interest payments hereunder.

        Section 3.02 . Limitation and Restrictions on Activities of the Company. (a) The Company shall not engage in any business or enterprise or enter into any transaction or agreement other than in connection with (i) the issuance and sale of the Notes, (ii) the incurrence of other Permitted Indebtedness, (iii) the entering into of Hedge Agreements relating to the Notes or the other Permitted Indebtedness having a notional amount not exceeding the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such other Permitted Indebtedness then outstanding and (iv) the use of the net proceeds from the issuance of the Notes or the other Permitted Indebtedness to increase its investment in the Series 2002-1 VFC.

        (b)   The Company shall not acquire or own any subsidiary or other assets or property (either real or personal), except for (i) the Series 2002-1 VFC, (ii) Hedge Agreements, and (iii) instruments evidencing the interests in the foregoing.

        (c)   The Company shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness.

        (d)   The Company shall not create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of its Property; provided, however, it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Company shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien including Liens which would otherwise constitute a Permitted Lien in the case of the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiaries.

        (e)   The Company shall not enter into any consolidation, merger, amalgamation, joint venture, syndicate or other form of combination with any Person, and shall not sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of any of its assets or receivables, including, without limitation, the Series 2002-1 VFC or any interest in the Series 2002-1 VFC.

        (f)    The Company shall not amend, supplement, waive or modify, or consent to any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification of, any Master Trust Transaction Document except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.02(f). Any provision of any Master Trust Transaction Document may be amended, waived, supplemented, restated, discharged or terminated without the consent of the Holders; provided that such amendment, waiver, supplement or restatement does not (i) render the Series 2002-1 VFC subordinate in payment to any other Series under the Bunge Master Trust or

22



otherwise adversely discriminate against the Series 2002-1 VFC relative to any other Series under the Bunge Master Trust, (ii) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, distributions which are required to be made on or in respect of the Series 2002-1 VFC, (iii) change the definition of, the manner of calculating, or in any way the amount of, the interest of the Company in the assets of the Bunge Master Trust, (iv) change the definition of "Eligible Loans" or, to the extent used in such definition, other defined terms used in such definition, or (v) result in a Default or Event of Default; and provided, further, that, in each case, the Trustee shall have received prior notice thereof together with copies of any documentation related thereto. Any amendment, waiver, supplement or restatement of a Master Trust Transaction Document (including any exhibit thereto) of the type described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (v) of this Section 3.02(f) shall require the written consent of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).

        Section 3.03 . Limitation on Liens. The Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien, other than a Permitted Lien, upon or with respect to any of its Restricted Property or the shares of stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary to secure any Indebtedness incurred or guaranteed by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Notes), unless all of the outstanding Notes and the Guarantee are secured equally and ratably with, or prior to, such Indebtedness for so long as such Indebtedness shall be so secured.

        Section 3.04 . Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions. The Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale-Leaseback Transaction unless:

            (a)   the Sale-Leaseback Transaction occurs within six months from the date of the acquisition of the Restricted Property subject thereto or the date of the completion of construction or commencement of full operations of such Restricted Property, whichever is later; or

            (b)   the Sale-Leaseback Transaction is between the Guarantor and a Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor, or between Restricted Subsidiaries of the Guarantor; or

            (c)   the Sale-Leaseback Transaction involves a lease for a period, including renewals, of not more than
    three years; or

            (d)   the Sale-Leaseback Transaction constitutes a Permitted Lien for the purposes of Section 3.03 hereof; or

            (e)   the Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary, within a one year period after such Sale-Leaseback Transaction, (i) applies or causes to be applied an amount not less than the Attributable Indebtedness from such Sale-Leaseback Transaction to the prepayment, repayment, redemption, reduction or retirement of any Indebtedness of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary having a maturity of more than one year that is not subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee or (ii) enters into a bona fide commitment to expend an amount not less than the Attributable Indebtedness for such Sale-Leaseback Transaction during such one-year period to the acquisition, construction or development of other similar Property.

        Section 3.05 . Exclusion from Limitations. Notwithstanding Sections 3.03 and 3.04 hereof, the Guarantor may, and may permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) upon any Restricted Property to secure Indebtedness incurred or guaranteed by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Notes) or effect any Sale-Leaseback Transaction of a Restricted Property that is not excepted by Section 3.04(a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) hereof, without equally and ratably securing the Notes or the Guarantee provided that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Indebtedness (other than the Notes) secured by Liens (other than Permitted Liens) upon Restricted Property plus the Attributable

23


Indebtedness from Sale-Leaseback Transactions of Restricted Property not so excepted, do not exceed 15% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

        Section 3.06 . Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company will maintain in The City of New York, an office or agency where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where, if applicable, the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The office or agency (the " Corporate Trust Office ") used by the Trustee in The City of New York as its office or agency for receiving securities, as the same may from time to time be designated by the Trustee, shall be such office or agency of the Company, unless the Company shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

        The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies (in or outside of The City of New York) where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in The City of New York for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

        Section 3.07 . Corporate Existence. Subject to Article 4 hereof, each of the Company and the Guarantor will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and take all reasonable action to maintain its corporate rights (charter and statutory), licenses, privileges and franchises; provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantor shall not be required to preserve any such right, license, privilege or franchise if the Board of Directors of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not, and will not be, disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders; and provided further, the Guarantor may merge in accordance with Section 4.01 hereof.

        Section 3.08 . Maintenance of Properties; Insurance. The Guarantor shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, except where failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and the Guarantor shall maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on all its property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks as are customary for the Guarantor's type of business.

        Section 3.09 . Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. Each of the Company and the Guarantor shall pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all taxes, assessments and similar governmental charges imposed on it, its incomes, profits or properties, except where (i) the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves to the extent required by U.S. GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Company or the Guarantor or (ii) the nonpayment of such taxes, assessments and claims in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

        Section 3.10 . Payments for Consent. Neither the Company, the Guarantor nor any Subsidiaries of the Company or the Guarantor will, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fees or otherwise, to any Holder of any Notes for or as an inducement to

24



any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

        Section 3.11 . Compliance Certificate. The Company and the Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Company and the Guarantor a certificate signed by the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company and the Guarantor, respectively, stating that in the course of the performance by the signer of his or her duties as an officer of the Company and the Guarantor he or she would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default and whether or not the signer knows of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during such period. If he or she does, the certificate shall describe the Default or Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Company also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 314(a)(4).

        Section 3.12 . Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

        Section 3.13 . Statement by Officers as to Default. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in any event within 10 days after the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of any Event of Default or an event which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, an Officer's Certificate setting forth the details of such Event of Default or default and the action which the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

        Section 3.14 . Notice of Change in Bermuda Law, Debt Ratings. The Guarantor shall give notice to the Trustee promptly after becoming aware of (i) any changes in taxes, duties or other fees of Bermuda or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or any change in any laws of Bermuda, in each case, that may affect any payment due under this Indenture, (ii) any change in such Guarantor's public or private debt ratings by a "nationally recognized statistical rating organization," as such term is defined by the SEC for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act, and (iii) any development or event which has had, or which the Guarantor in its good faith judgment believes will have, a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the Trustee shall have no responsibilities or duties with respect to any such notice. Delivery of any such notice to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of such notice shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company's compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer's Certificates).

25



ARTICLE 4
SUCCESSOR GUARANTOR

        Section 4.01.     Consolidation, Merger, Amalgamation and Sale of Assets by the Guarantor.     The Guarantor shall not, and shall not cause or permit any Subsidiary to, consolidate with or merge or amalgamate with or into, or sell, lease, or convey all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:

            (a)   in the case of the Guarantor:

              (i)    the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the " Successor Guarantor ") shall be either the Guarantor or a Person organized under the laws of Bermuda, the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, any full member state of the European Union, Canada, Australia or Switzerland, and the Successor Guarantor (if not the Guarantor) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee and this Indenture; and

              (ii)   immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time would be an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; or

            (b)   in the case of any Subsidiary of the Guarantor (other than the Company):

              (i)    such transaction is a merger or amalgamation of such Subsidiary into, or a consolidation of such Subsidiary with, the Guarantor (so long as the Guarantor is the surviving entity) or another Subsidiary of the Guarantor or the sale or other disposition by such Subsidiary of all or substantially all of its property to the Guarantor or another Subsidiary of the Guarantor; or

              (ii)   such transaction is the merger or amalgamation of such Subsidiary into, the consolidation of such Subsidiary with, or the sale or other disposition by such Subsidiary of all or substantially all of its property to, another Person (provided that such Person is not an Affiliate of such Subsidiary), so long as immediately prior to, and after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists or would exist.

        For purposes of this Section 4.01, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Guarantor, which properties and assets, if held by the Guarantor instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Guarantor on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Guarantor.

        If the Guarantor engages in one of the transactions described above and complies with the conditions listed above, the Successor Guarantor will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Guarantor under this Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the Guarantor will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes.

        In the event that the Guarantor consolidates with or merges or amalgamates with or into, or sells, leases or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, another Person subject to the terms of this Section 4.01 (a " Transfer ") and the Successor Guarantor is a Person organized under the laws of a member state of the European Union, Canada, Australia or Switzerland, the Guarantor and the Successor Guarantor shall, as a condition to such Transfer, (A) enter into a supplemental indenture with the Trustee providing for full, unconditional and irrevocable indemnification of the Holders of the Notes and the Trustee against any tax or duty of whatever nature which is incurred or otherwise suffered by such Holders and the Trustee with respect to the Notes and which would not have been incurred or otherwise suffered in the absence of such Transfer; and (B) deliver to the Trustee, for the

26



benefit of the Holders of the Notes, legal opinions of independent legal counsel in New York and the applicable member state of the European Union, Canada, Australia or Switzerland the laws of which the successor is organized under, as applicable, to the effect that the Obligations of the Successor Guarantor with respect to the Guarantee are legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms.


ARTICLE 5
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION OF NOTES

        Section 5.01.     Optional Redemption by the Company.     The Notes may be redeemed at any time as a whole or from time to time in part, subject to the conditions and at the Redemption Prices specified in the form of Notes set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date.

        Section 5.02.     Applicability of Article.     Redemption of Notes at the election of the Company or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article 5.

        Section 5.03.     Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.     The election of the Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof shall be evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company, the Company shall, upon not later than the earlier of the date that is 30 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company or the date on which notice is given to the Holders (except as provided in Section 5.05 hereof or unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 5.04 hereof.

        Section 5.04.     Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed.     If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed at any time pursuant to an optional redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption, in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed, or, if such Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions of the principal of the Notes; provided, however, that no such partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Note not redeemed to less than U.S. $1,000.

        The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Notes selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

        For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Note which has been or is to be redeemed.

        Section 5.05.     Notice of Redemption.     Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided for in Section 11.02 hereof not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed. The Trustee shall give notice of redemption in the Company's name and at the Company's expense; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, at least 15 days prior to the date the notice of redemption is to be given (unless a shorter period shall be acceptable to the Trustee), an Officer's Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the following items.

27



        All notices of redemption shall state:

            (1)   the Redemption Date,

            (2)   the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 5.07 hereof, if any,

            (3)   if less than all outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption,

            (4)   in case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Note shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, the Holder will receive, without charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,

            (5)   that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price (and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 5.07 hereof) will become due and payable upon each such Note, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed, and, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, that interest on Notes called for redemption (or the portion thereof) will cease to accrue on and after said date,

            (6)   the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any,

            (7)   the name and address of the Paying Agent,

            (8)   that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price, and

            (9)   the CUSIP number, and that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

        Section 5.06.     Deposit of Redemption Price.     Prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.04 hereof) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and accrued interest on, all the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date.

        Section 5.07.     Notes Payable on Redemption Date.     Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified (together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date), and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Note for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Note shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

        If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal and premium, if any, shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Notes.

        Section 5.08.     Notes Redeemed in Part.     Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article 5) shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 3.06 hereof (with, if the Company or the Trustee so

28



requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of such Note at the expense of the Company, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered, provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of U.S.$1,000 or integral multiple thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, DTC shall select the Notes for redemption if evidenced by a Global Note according to DTC's stated procedures therefor.


ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

        Section 6.01.     Events of Default.     An " Event of Default " occurs if:

            (1)   the Company defaults in any payment of interest or additional interest (as required by the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement) on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

            (2)   the Company defaults in the payment of the principal or premium, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

            (3)   the Company or the Guarantor defaults in the performance of or a breach by the Company or the Guarantor of any other covenant or agreement in this Indenture or under the Notes (other than those referred to in (1) or (2) above) and such default continues for 60 days after written notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

            (4)   the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary shall (i) default in making any payment of any principal of any indebtedness for borrowed money, including obligations evidenced by any mortgage, indenture, bond, debenture, note, guarantee or other similar instruments to which it is a party on the scheduled or original due date with respect thereto; or (ii) default in making any payment of any interest on any such indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such indebtedness was created; or (iii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, the effect of which default or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or (in the case of any such indebtedness constituting a guarantee) to become payable and such acceleration has not been cured within 15 days after notice of acceleration; provided, that a default, event or condition described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (4) shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph (4) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to such indebtedness in an amount exceeding U.S. $50,000,000;

            (5)   (i) the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any

29



    substantial part of its assets, or the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due.

        The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

        The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 10 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer's Certificate of any Default or Event of Default under clauses (3), (4) or (5) of this Section 6.01, which such notice shall contain the status thereof and a description of the action being taken or proposed to be taken by the Company in respect thereof.

        Section 6.02.     Acceleration.     (a) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest shall be immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default described in paragraph (5) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs and is continuing, then in each and every such case, the principal amount of the Notes, the premium, if any, and all accrued and unpaid interest shall be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders.

        (b)   In the event the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes becomes due and payable pursuant to Section 6.02(a) hereof, the Trustee shall instruct the Company, and the Company shall instruct the Master Trust Trustee, to declare due and payable the principal and accrued interest in respect of the intercompany loans that had been made using the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes invested in the Series 2002-1 VFC.

        Section 6.03.     Other Remedies.     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

        The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative.

30



        Section 6.04.     Waiver of Past Defaults.     The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may (a) waive, by their consent (including, without limitation consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences except (i) a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on a Note or (ii) a Default or Event of Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 hereof cannot be amended without the consent of each Noteholder affected and (b) rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived. When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any consequent right.

        Section 6.05.     Control by Majority.     The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01 and Section 7.02 hereof, that the Trustee determines is prejudicial to the rights of other Noteholders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

        Section 6.06.     Limitation on Suits.     Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, a Noteholder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

            (1)   the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing;

            (2)   the Holders of at least 25% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes make a request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

            (3)   such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

            (4)   the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

            (5)   the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request during such 60-day period.

        A Noteholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Noteholder.

        Section 6.07.     Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 6.06 hereof), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

        Section 6.08.     Collection Suit by Trustee.     If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 (1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together with

31



interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 6.07 hereof.

        Section 6.09.     Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.     The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Noteholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, the Guarantor, any of the Subsidiaries or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may be entitled and empowered to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.

        Section 6.10.     Priorities.     If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

            FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof;

            SECOND: to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal and premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and

            THIRD: to the Company.

        The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At least 15 days before such record date, the Company shall mail to each Noteholder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

32


        Section 6.11.     Undertaking for Costs.     In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Company, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes.


ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE

        Section 7.01.     Duties of Trustee.     (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person's own affairs; provided that if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against loss, liability or expense.

        Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

        (1)   the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

        (2)   in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

            (b)   The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

              (1)   this paragraph does not limit the effect of the second paragraph of Section 7.01(a);

              (2)   the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

              (3)   the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

            (c)   Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs Section 7.01(a) and (b) hereof.

            (d)   The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.

            (e)   Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

            (f)    No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

33



            (g)   Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 8.01 and to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act.

            (h)   Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

            (i)    The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

        Section 7.02.     Rights of Trustee.     Subject to Section 7.01 hereof:

            (a)   The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document (whether in its original or facsimile form) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. The Trustee shall receive and retain financial reports and statements of the Company as provided herein, but shall have no duty to review or analyze such reports or statements to determine compliance under covenants or other obligations of the Company;

            (b)   Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer's Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officer's Certificate or Opinion of Counsel;

            (c)   The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care;

            (d)   The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers, provided however, that the Trustee's conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence;

            (e)   The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel;

            (f)    The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Principal Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture;

            (g)   The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder (including Registrar and Paying Agent), and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder; and

            (h)   The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officer's Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer's Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer's Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

            (i)    The Trustee is not required to give any bond or surety with respect to the performance of its duties or the exercise of its powers under this Indenture.

            (j)    The Trustee's rights, powers, indemnities, immunities and protections from liability and its rights to compensation and indemnification in connection with the performance of its duties under this Indenture shall extend to (1) the Trustee, whether serving in any other capacity hereunder, including without limitation, in the capacity of Paying Agent or Registrar and (2) the Trustee's

34



    officers, directors, agents, counsel and employees. Such immunities and protections and rights to indemnification, together with the Trustee's right to compensation, shall survive the Trustee's resignation or removal, the discharge of this Indenture and final payment of the Notes.

            (k)   The Trustee shall have no responsibility for any information in any offering document or other disclosure material distributed with respect to any series of Notes, and the Trustee shall have no responsibility for compliance with any state or federal securities laws in connection with the Notes, other than the filing of any documents required to be filed by an indenture trustee pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act or otherwise required in the Indenture.

            (l)    Notwithstanding anything else herein contained, whenever any provision of this Indenture indicates that any confirmation of a condition or event is qualified by the words "to the knowledge of" or "known to" the Trustee or other words of similar meaning, said words shall mean and refer to the current awareness of one or more Trust Officers who are located at the Principal Trust Office of the Trustee or who are otherwise responsible for administering the trusts created under this Indenture

        Section 7.03.     Individual Rights of Trustee.     The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Section 7.10 and Section 7.11 hereof. In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Company; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the Commission for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign.

        Section 7.04.     Trustee's Disclaimer.     The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, shall not be accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds from the Notes, shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee and shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee's certificate of authentication.

        Section 7.05.     Notice of Defaults.     If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if a Trust Officer has actual knowledge thereof, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder at the address set forth in the Note Register notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to the optional redemption or required repurchase provisions of such Note, if any), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Trustee's Board of Directors or an executive committee thereof or a trust committee of its directors and/or officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders.

        Section 7.06.     Report by Trustee to Holders.     Within 60 days after each December 15 beginning with the December 15 following the date of this Indenture, and in any event prior to March 15 in each year, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder a brief report dated as of such December 15 that complies with Trust Indenture Act, Section 313(a), but only if required under such Section. The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 313(b). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports required by Trust Indenture Act, Section 313(c).

        Following the issuance of any Exchange Notes, a copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

        Section 7.07.     Compensation and Indemnity.     The Company shall pay to the Trustee such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and for its services hereunder as Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and in all other capacities in which it is serving hereunder as the Company and the

35



Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee's compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, costs of preparing and reviewing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to Noteholders and reasonable costs of counsel retained by the Trustee, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee's agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Company shall indemnify the Trustee, and any predecessor Trustee and their respective officers, directors, employees, counsel and agents, against any and all loss, liability, damages, claims or expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) incurred by it without negligence or willful misconduct on its part in connection with the administration of this trust or the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.07) and of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted by any Noteholder, the Company or otherwise). The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel, provided that the Company shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes the obligation for defending the Trustee, and, in the reasonable judgment of the Trustee, there is no conflict of interest between the Company and the Trustee in connection with such action and there is no defense that could not be adequately raised if the Company assumes such obligation. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee's own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

        To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and premium, if any, and interest on particular Notes. Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. The Trustee's right to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.07 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or Indebtedness of the Company.

        The Company's payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.07 shall survive the discharge of this Indenture. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(5) hereof with respect to the Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy law.

        Section 7.08.     Replacement of Trustee.     The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Company shall remove the Trustee if:

        (1)   the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

        (2)   the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

        (3)   a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

        (4)   the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

        If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

        A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Noteholders. The retiring

36



Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.

        If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the Company's expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

        If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, any Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

        Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company's obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

        Section 7.09.     Successor Trustee by Merger.     If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

        In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion, consolidation or transfer of assets to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee.

        Section 7.10.     Eligibility; Disqualification.     The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Trust Indenture Act, Section 310(a). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least U.S. $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent filed annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Trust Indenture Act, Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Trust Indenture Act, Section 310(b)(1) are met.

        Section 7.11.     Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.     The Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act, Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act, Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.

        Section 7.12.     Trustee's Application for Instruction from the Company.     Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Company may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three Business Days after the date any officer of the Company actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.


ARTICLE 8
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

        Section 8.01.     Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance.     (a) Subject to Section 8.01(b) hereof, when (i)(x) the Company delivers to the Trustee all outstanding Notes (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.09 hereof) for cancellation or (y) all outstanding Notes not theretofore delivered for cancellation have become due and payable, whether at maturity or upon redemption or will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the

37


name and at the expense of the Company and the Company or the Guarantor irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders money in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal and premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption, (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or the Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or the Guarantor is bound; (iii) the Company or the Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture and the Notes; and (iv) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be, then the Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of the Company (accompanied by an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent specified herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with) and at the cost and expense of the Company.

        (b)   Subject to Section 8.01(c) and Section 8.02 hereof, the Company at any time may terminate (i) all its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (" legal defeasance option "), and after giving effect to such legal defeasance, any omission to comply with such obligations shall no longer constitute a Default or Event of Default or (ii) its obligations under, Section 3.02, Section 3.03, Section 3.04, Section 3.05, Section 3.08 and Section 3.09 hereof, and the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document, and the operation of Section 6.01(3) (only with respect to the covenants terminated pursuant to this Section 8.01(b)(ii)), Section 6.01(4) and Section 6.01(5) hereof, and the events specified in such Sections shall no longer constitute an Event of Default (clause (ii) being referred to as the " covenant defeasance option "), but except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and the Notes shall be unaffected thereby. The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, the Company may elect to have the Guarantee terminate.

        If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default, and the Guarantee shall terminate. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(3) (only with respect to the covenants terminated pursuant to Section 8.01(b)(ii) above), Section 6.01(4) and Section 6.01(5) hereof.

        Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates.

        (c)   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.01(a) and (b) hereof, the Company's obligations in Section 2.02, Section 2.03, Section 2.04, Section 2.05, Section 2.06, Section 2.09, Section 2.10, Section 2.11, Section 2.12, Section 3.01, Section 3.06, Section 3.07, Section 3.10, Section 3.11, Section 3.12, Section 3.13, Section 3.14, Section 6.07, Section 7.07, Section 7.08 hereof and in this Article 8 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Company's obligations in Section 7.07, Section 8.04 and Section 8.05 hereof shall survive.

        Section 8.02.     Conditions to Defeasance.     The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:

        (1)   the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders money in U.S. dollars or U.S. Government Securities or a combination thereof for the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

38


        (2)   the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a firm of independent accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Securities plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal and interest when due on all the Notes to maturity;

        (3)   no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or, with respect to certain bankruptcy or insolvency Events of Default, on the 91st day after such date of deposit;

        (4)   such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company, the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company, the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

        (5)   the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) to the effect that (A) the Notes and (B) assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit and that no Holder of the Notes is an insider of the Company, after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' right generally;

        (6)   the deposit does not constitute a default under any other agreement binding on the Company;

        (7)   the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

        (8)   in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) in the United States stating that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Noteholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had not occurred;

        (9)   in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) in the United States to the effect that the Noteholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and covenant defeasance had not occurred; and

        (10) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes and this Indenture as contemplated by this Article 8 have been complied with.

        Section 8.03.     Application of Trust Money.     The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Securities deposited with it pursuant to this Article 8. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Securities through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes.

        Section 8.04.     Repayment to Company.     The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company upon request any excess money or securities held by them upon payment of all the obligations under this Indenture.

        Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Notes that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors.

39



        Section 8.05.     Indemnity for U.S. Government Securities.     The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Securities or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Securities.

        Section 8.06.     Reinstatement.     If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Securities in accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Securities in accordance with this Article 8; provided, however, that, if the Company has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

        The Trustee's rights under this Article 8 shall survive termination of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.


ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENTS

        Section 9.01.     Without Consent of Holders.     The Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or consent of any Noteholder:

        (1)   to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

        (2)   to comply with Article 4 in respect of the assumption by a Successor Guarantor of an obligation of the Guarantor under this Indenture;

        (3)   to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided, however, that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

        (4)   to add guarantees with respect to the Notes;

        (5)   to secure the Notes;

        (6)   to add to the covenants of the Company or the Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company or the Guarantor;

        (7)   to make any change that does not adversely affect the interests of any Noteholder;

        (8)   to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes, which will have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the Initial Notes will be modified or eliminated, as appropriate), and which will be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Notes, as a single issue of securities;

        (9)   to provide for the issuance of any Subsequent Notes; or

        (10) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

        After an amendment under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Noteholders at the address set forth in the Note Register, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.01.

        Section 9.02.     With Consent of Holders.     The Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any Noteholder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents

40



obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). However, without the consent of each Noteholder affected, an amendment may not:

        (1)   reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment of this Indenture or the Notes;

        (2)   reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment of provisions of the Master Trust Transaction Documents pursuant to Section 3.02(f) hereof;

        (3)   reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any Note;

        (4)   reduce the principal of, or extend the Stated Maturity of, any Note;

        (5)   reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note as described above under Article 5 hereof or any similar provision, whether through an amendment to or waiver of Article 5 hereof, a definition or otherwise;

        (6)   make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note;

        (7)   impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Holder's Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder's Notes;

        (8)   make any change to the amendment provisions which require each Holder's consent or to the waiver provisions; or

        (9)   release the Guarantor or modify the Guarantee other than in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

        It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

        After an amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Noteholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.02.

        Section 9.03.     Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.     Every amendment to this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

        Section 9.04.     Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers.     A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder's Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective or otherwise in accordance with any related solicitation documents. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Noteholder. An amendment or waiver shall become effective upon receipt by the Trustee of the requisite number of written consents under Section 9.01 or 9.02 hereof, as applicable.

        The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Noteholders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall become valid or effective more than 120 days after such record date.

        Section 9.05.     Notation on or Exchange of Notes.     If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment.

41



        Section 9.06.     Trustee to Sign Amendments.     The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not affect the rights, duties, protections, privileges, indemnities, powers, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof), shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, that it conforms to the applicable requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and that such amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and any Guarantors, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03 hereof).


ARTICLE 10
GUARANTEE

        Section 10.01.     Guarantee.     The Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other obligations of the Company under this Indenture, including, without limitation, the obligations of the Company under Section 7.07 hereof (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the " Obligations "). The Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound under this Article 10 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation.

        The Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. The Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Obligations. The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the failure of the Trustee or any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Obligations or any of them; or (e) any change in the ownership of the Company.

        The Guarantor further agrees that the Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Obligations.

        The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of the Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of the Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of the Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

        The Guarantor further agrees that the Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.

        In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against the Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay any of the Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, the Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee,

42



forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law).

        The Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of the Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Obligations, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purposes of this Guarantee.

        The Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section.

        Section 10.02.     No Subrogation.     Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by the Guarantor hereunder, the Guarantor shall not be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Company or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall the Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Company in respect of payments made by the Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders, as well as the holders of any other Permitted Indebtedness, by the Company on account of the Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by the Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of the Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by the Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by the Guarantor (duly indorsed by the Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Obligations.

        Section 10.03.     Consideration.     The Guarantor has received, or will receive, direct or indirect benefits from the making of the Guarantee.

        Section 10.04.     Additional Amounts.     In the event that payments are made by the Guarantor pursuant to its obligations under this Article, the Guarantor will pay to the Holder of any Note additional amounts as may be necessary so that every net payment made by the Guarantor of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Note, after deducting or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, fee, assessment or other governmental charge duly imposed by, and payable by that Holder to, Bermuda, will not be less than the amount provided in that Note to be then due and payable. The Guarantor will not be required, however, to make any payment of additional amount for or on account of any such tax imposed by reason of the Holder having some connection with any such jurisdiction other than its participation as Holder.


ARTICLE 11
MISCELLANEOUS

        Section 11.01.     Trust Indenture Act Controls.     If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act, the provision required by the Trust Indenture Act shall control. The Guarantor in addition to performing its obligations under the Guarantee shall perform such other obligations as may be imposed upon it with respect to this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

43


        Section 11.02.     Notices.     Any notice or communication shall be in writing and (a) delivered in person, (b) sent by a recognized overnight delivery service (with charges prepaid), or (c) sent by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), addressed as follows:

        If to the Company:

        Bunge Limited Finance Corp.
        11720 Borman Drive
        St. Louis, Missouri 63146
        Attention:  Francis X. Marchiony
        Telephone:  (314) 292-6538
        Telecopy:    (314) 292-6530

        with a copy to:

        Carey Dubois
        Telecopy: (914) 684-3283

        If to the Guarantor:

        Bunge Limited
        50 Main Street
        White Plains, New York 10606
        Attention: Morris M. Kalef / Carey Dubois
        Telephone:  (914) 684-3440/(914) 684-3365
        Telecopy:    (914) 684-3283

        if to the Trustee:

        SunTrust Bank
        25 Park Place
        24th Floor
        Atlanta, Georgia 30303-2900
        Attention: Kelly Mathis, Corporate Trust Department
        Telephone:  (404) 588-7063
        Telecopy:    (404) 588-7335

        The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

        Any notice or communication mailed to a registered Noteholder shall be mailed to the Noteholder at the Noteholder's address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

        Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee shall be effective only upon receipt.

        Section 11.03.     Communication by Holders with Other Holders.     Noteholders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act, Section 312(b) with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act, Section 312(c).

        Section 11.04.     Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.     Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

        (1)   an Officer's Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signer, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

44



        (2)   an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

        Section 11.05.     Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.     Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:

        (1)   a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

        (2)   a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

        (3)   a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

        (4)   a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

        In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officer's Certificate or on certificates of public officials.

        Section 11.06.     When Notes Disregarded.     In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or by an Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

        Section 11.07.     Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar.     The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or a meeting of, Noteholders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

45


        Section 11.08.     Legal Holidays.     A "Legal Holiday" is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required to be closed in New York, New York or Hamilton, Bermuda. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

        Section 11.09.     GOVERNING LAW.     THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

        Section 11.10.     No Recourse Against Others.     An incorporator, director, officer, employee, affiliate or stockholder of the Company or the Guarantor, solely by reason of this status, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture or the Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

        Section 11.11.     Successors.     All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

        Section 11.12.     Consent to Jurisdiction.     The Guarantor irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any New York state or U.S. federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in any action or proceeding relating to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter arising out of or in connection with this Indenture or the Notes. The Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York state or U.S. federal court. The Guarantor also hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to venue or the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding in any such court.

        Section 11.13.     Appointment for Agent for Service of Process.     The Guarantor hereby (i) irrevocably designates and appoints its Chief Financial Officer (from time to time) at its principal executive offices at 50 Main Street, White Plains, New York 10606 (the " Authorized Agent "), as its agent upon which process may be served in any suit, action or proceeding described in the first sentence of Section 11.12 hereof and represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has accepted such designation and (ii) agrees that service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of said service to the Guarantor mailed or delivered to its Secretary at its registered office at 2 Church Street, Hamilton, Bermuda, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Guarantor in any such suit or proceeding. The Guarantor further agrees to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of the Authorized Agent in full force and effect so long as any of the Notes shall be outstanding.

        Section 11.14.     Waiver of Immunities.     To the extent that the Guarantor or any of its properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to, or have attributed to them, any right of immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from set-off or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any court, from service of process, from attachment upon or prior to judgment, or from attachment in aid of execution of judgment, or from execution of judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of any judgment, in any jurisdiction in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Indenture or the Notes, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally, to the extent permitted by applicable law, waives and agrees not to plead or claim any such immunity and consents to such relief and enforcement.

46


        Section 11.15.     Foreign Taxes.     Any payments by the Guarantor to the Trustee or the Noteholders hereunder shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any and all present and future income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereinafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by Bermuda or any other foreign jurisdiction in which the Guarantor or any Subsidiary has an office from which payment is made or deemed to be made, excluding any such tax imposed by reason of the Trustee or any Noteholder having some connection with any such jurisdiction other than its participation as the Trustee or Noteholder under the Indenture (all such taxes, " Foreign Taxes "). If the Guarantor is prevented by operation of law or otherwise from paying, causing to be paid or remitting that portion of amounts payable hereunder represented by Foreign Taxes withheld or deducted, then amounts payable under this Indenture shall, to the extent permitted by law, be increased to such amount as is necessary to yield and remit to the Trustee and the Noteholders an amount which, after deduction of all Foreign Taxes (including all Foreign Taxes payable on such increased payments) equals the amount that would have been payable if no Foreign Taxes applied.

        Section 11.16.     Judgment Currency.     If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder into any currency other than U.S. dollars, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee or any Holder, as the case may be, could purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency in New York City on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Guarantor with respect to any sum due from it to the Trustee or any Holder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than U.S. dollars, be discharged only if and to the extent that on the first Business Day following receipt by the Trustee or such Holder, as the case may be, of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency, the Trustee or such Holder may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency. If the U.S. dollars so purchased are less than the sum originally due to the Trustee or such Holder hereunder, the Guarantor agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Trustee or such Holder against such loss. If the U.S. dollars so purchased are greater than the sum originally due to the Trustee or such Holder hereunder, the Trustee or such Holder, as the case may be, agrees to pay to the Guarantor an amount equal to the excess of the U.S. dollars so purchased over the sum originally due to the Trustee or such Holder hereunder.

        Section 11.17.     No Bankruptcy Petition Against the Borrower; Liability of the Borrower.     Each of the Noteholders and the Trustee hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full of the last maturing Note and all other Indebtedness of the Company ranking equal with or junior to the Notes in right of payment, it will not institute against, or join with or assist any other Person in instituting against, the Company, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any applicable insolvency laws.

        Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the sole remedy of any Noteholder, the Trustee or any other Person against the Company in respect of any obligation, covenant, representation, warranty or agreement of the Company under or related to this Indenture or the Notes shall be against the assets of the Company. Neither the Trustee, nor any Noteholder nor any other Person shall have any claim against the Company to the extent that such assets are insufficient to meet such obligations, covenant, representation, warranty or agreement (the difference being referred to herein as a " shortfall ") and all claims in respect of the shortfall shall be extinguished; provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 11.17 apply solely to the obligations of the Company and shall not extinguish such shortfall or otherwise restrict such Person's rights or remedies against the Guarantor for purposes of the obligations of the Guarantor to any Person under the Guarantee.

        The provisions of this Section 11.17 shall survive the termination of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

        Section 11.18.     Multiple Originals.     The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.

        Section 11.19.     Qualification of Indenture.     The Company shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses for the Company, the Trustee and the Holders) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs

47



and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company any such Officer's Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

        Section 11.20.     Table of Contents; Headings.     The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

    BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP., as Issuer

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
MORRIS KALEF       
        Name: Morris Kalef
        Title: President

 

 

BUNGE LIMITED, as Guarantor

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
MORRIS KALEF       
        Name: Morris Kalef
        Title: Treasurer

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
T.K. CHOPRA       
        Name: T.K. Chopra
        Title: Controller

 

 

SUNTRUST BANK, as Trustee

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
KELLY R. MATHIS       
        Name: Kelly R. Mathis
        Title: Trust Officer

48



EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE AND SUBSEQUENT NOTE]
[Depository Legend, if applicable]
[Applicable Restricted Notes Legend]

No. [    ]   Principal Amount U.S. $[                        ], as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto

CUSIP NO.

    


 
ISIN:     
 

5.350% Senior Notes Due 2014

        Bunge Limited Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to [                        ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of $[                        ] U.S. Dollars, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto, on April 15, 2014.

    Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15
    Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

        Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the reverse side hereof.

A-1


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

    BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.

 

 

By:

 

    

        Name:
        Title:

 

 

[SEAL]
TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION    

SUNTRUST BANK,
as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

 

 

By:

 

    

Authorized Signatory

 

 

Date:                        , 2004

 

 

A-2


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF
INITIAL NOTE AND SUBSEQUENT NOTE]

5.350% Senior Note Due 2014

        1.     General     

        Bunge Limited Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the " Company "), issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of April 13, 2004, among the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee (as such Indenture may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the " Indenture "). The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the " Trust Indenture Act "). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms.

        The Notes are general unsecured senior obligations of the Company, including (a) U.S. $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes being offered on the Issue Date (subject to Section 2.09 of the Indenture) and (b) any Subsequent Notes. The Notes rank equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company. This Note is one of the [Initial] [Subsequent] Notes referred to in the Indenture.

        The Company may from time to time, without the consent of existing Holders, create and issue Subsequent Notes having the same terms and conditions as the Initial Notes in all respects, except for the Issue Date, issue price and first payment of interest thereon. Subsequent Notes issued in this manner will be consolidated with and will form a single class with the previously outstanding Notes.

        The Initial Notes, any Subsequent Notes and the Exchange Notes will be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture includes various covenants that limit the ability of the Company, among other things, to engage in any business or transaction, acquire assets or subsidiaries, incur Indebtedness or Liens or enter into any consolidations, mergers, amalgamations or sales of assets. In addition, the Indenture imposes certain limitations on, among other things, (i) the incurrence of Liens by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) Sale-Leaseback Transactions by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) consolidations, mergers, amalgamations and sales of assets of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary.

        To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantor has unconditionally guaranteed such obligations pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. The Guarantee is an unsecured and unsubordinated obligation of the Guarantor and ranks equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and obligations of the Guarantor.

        2.     Interest     

        The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above.

        The Company will pay interest semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year commencing October 15, 2004. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes or, if no interest has been paid, from April 13, 2004. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal or premium, if any, plus interest on such interest to the extent

A-3


lawful, at the rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

        3.     Method of Payment     

        By at least 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest. The Company will pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 1 or October 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Except as described in the succeeding two sentences, the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in The City of New York, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, at the option of the Company, each installment of interest may be paid by check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Note Register. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified by The Depository Trust Company. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least U.S. $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

        4.     Paying Agent and Registrar     

        Initially, SunTrust Bank (the " Trustee "), will act as Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Noteholder. The Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

        5.     Optional Redemption by the Company     

        The Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on at least 30 days but not more than 60 days' prior notice mailed to the registered address of each Holder of Notes to be so redeemed, at a redemption price equal to (a) the greater of (i) 100% of their principal amount to be redeemed or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon from the date of redemption to the date of maturity (except for currently accrued but unpaid interest) discounted to the date of redemption, on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months), at the applicable Treasury Yield (as defined below), plus 20 basis points (such greater amount, the " Redemption Price "), plus (b) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

        For purposes of determining the Redemption Price, the following definitions are applicable:

        " Comparable Treasury Issue " means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Notes.

A-4



        " Comparable Treasury Price " means, with respect to any redemption date, (a) the bid price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) at 4:00 P.M. on the third business day preceding such redemption date, as set forth on "Telerate Page 500" (or such other page as may replace Telerate Page 500), or (b) if such page (or any successor page) is not displayed or does not contain such bid prices at such time (i) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations or (ii) if the Trustee is unable to obtain at least four such Reference Treasury Dealers Quotations, the average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations obtained by the Trustee.

        " Independent Investment Banker " means any of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. or Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, or, if all such firms are unwilling or unable to select the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Trustee and reasonably acceptable to the Company.

        " Reference Treasury Dealer " means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, and two other primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City selected by the Independent Investment Banker (each, a " Primary Treasury Dealer "); provided however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer.

        " Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations " means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date for the Notes, an average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue for the Notes (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on the third business day preceding such redemption date.

        " Treasury Yield " means, with respect to any redemption date applicable to the Notes, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity (computed as of the third business day immediately preceding such redemption date) of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the applicable Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.

        In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Notes of U.S.$1,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable Redemption Price pursuant to the Indenture.

        6.     Additional Amounts     

        The Guarantor will, subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, pay to the Holder of any Note additional amounts as necessary so that every net payment made by the Guarantor of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Note, after deducting or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, fee, assessment or other governmental charge imposed on that holder by Bermuda or any other foreign jurisdiction, will not be less than the amount provided in the Note to be then due and payable.

A-5



        7.     Denominations; Transfer; Exchange     

        The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of U.S.$1,000 and whole multiples of U.S.$1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange (i) any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of Notes to be redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing or (ii) any Notes for a period beginning 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.

        8.     Persons Deemed Owners     

        The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

        9.     Unclaimed Money     

        If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.

        10.     Defeasance     

        Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Securities for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

        11.     Amendment, Waiver     

        The Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes; provided , however , that the consent of each Noteholder affected is required to (i) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment of the Indenture, the Notes or specified provisions of the Master Trust Transaction Documents, (ii) reduce the stated rate or extend the stated time for payment of interest on a Note, (iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of a Note, (iv) reduce the premium payable upon redemption of a Note, (v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated herein, (vi) impair the right of a Holder to receive payment under the Note or institute suit for the enforcement of such payment, (vii) make any change to the amendment provisions which require each Holder's consent or the waiver provisions, or (viii) release the Guarantor or modify the Guarantee.

        Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Noteholder, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, or to comply with Article 4 of the Indenture, or to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, or to add guarantees with respect to the Notes, or to secure the Notes, or to add additional covenants of the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, or surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, issue Subsequent Notes, or to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, or to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Noteholder, or to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes.

        Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, any default (other than with respect to nonpayment or in respect of a provision that cannot be amended without the written consent of each

A-6



Noteholder affected) or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

        12.     Defaults and Remedies     

        Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (1) default for 30 days in payment of interest or additional interest when due on the Notes; (2) default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes at Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon declaration or otherwise; (3) the failure by the Company or the Guarantor to comply for 60 days after written notice with its other agreements contained in the Indenture or under the Notes (other than those referred to in (1) or (2) above); (4) the failure of the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary (a) to pay the principal of any indebtedness for borrowed money, including obligations evidenced by any mortgage, indenture, bond, debenture, note, guarantee or other similar instruments, on the scheduled or original date due; (b) to pay interest on any such indebtedness beyond any provided grace period; or (c) to observe or perform any agreement or condition relating to such indebtedness, the effect of which is to cause such indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity and such acceleration has not been cured within 15 days after notice of acceleration; provided that an event described in clause (a), (b) or (c) above shall not constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more events of the type described in clauses (a), (b) or (c) shall have occurred or be continuing with respect to indebtedness in an amount exceeding U.S. $50,000,000; or (5) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary (the " bankruptcy events "). However, a default under clause (3) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, of the default and the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, does not cure such default within the time specified in clause (3) hereof after receipt of such notice.

        If an Event of Default other than a bankruptcy event occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes by written notice to the Company to be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default in connection with a bankruptcy event occurs and is continuing, the principal amount of the Notes, the premium, if any, and all accrued and unpaid interest shall be immediately due and payable without any action or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders.

        Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

        13.     Trustee Dealings with the Company     

        Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

        14.     No Recourse Against Others     

        An incorporator, director, officer, employee, affiliate or stockholder, of each of the Company, or the Guarantor, solely by reason of this status, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture or the Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

A-7



        15.     No Petition     

        By its acquisition of this Note, each Holder hereof agrees that neither it nor the Trustee on its behalf may commence, or join with any other person in the commencement of, a bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding with respect to the Company under any applicable insolvency laws until one year and one date after the Notes and all other Indebtedness of the Company ranking equal with or junior to the Notes in right of payment, including all interest and premium thereon, if any, are paid in full.

        16.     Authentication     

        This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication appearing on this Note.

        17.     Abbreviations     

        Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

        18.     CUSIP Numbers     

        Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

        19.     Governing Law     

        This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

        The Company will furnish to any Noteholder upon written request and without charge to the Noteholder a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

      Bunge Limited Finance Corp.
      11720 Borman Drive
      St. Louis, Missouri 63146
      Attention: Francis X. Marchiony, Treasurer

A-8


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Note to


(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)




(Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

    and irrevocably appoint                        agent to transfer this Note on the books of the
    Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.




Date:       Your Signature:    
   
     



Signature Guarantee:    
   
(Signature must be guaranteed)




Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:

o   1   acquired for the undersigned's own account, without transfer; or

o

 

2

 

transferred to the Company; or

o

 

3

 

transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"); or

o

 

4

 

transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or
         

A-9



o

 

5

 

transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or

o

 

6

 

transferred to an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act), that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter appears as Section 2.07 of the Indenture); or

o

 

7

 

transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however , that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Trustee or the Company may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in their sole discretion, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Trustee or the Company may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.

   
Signature

Signature Guarantee:

 

 


(Signature must be guaranteed)

 


Signature

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (1) OR (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

        The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned's foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.


Dated:
       

A-10


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

Date of
Exchange

  Amount of decrease in Principal Amount of this Global Note

  Amount of increase in Principal Amount of this Global Note

  Principal Amount of this Global Note following such decrease or increase

  Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or Securities Custodian

A-11



EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]

[Depository Legend, if applicable]

No. [            ]   Principal Amount U.S. [                        ],
as revised by the Schedule of
Increases and Decreases in Global
Note attached hereto



    CUSIP NO.    
       
    ISIN:    
       

5.350% Senior Notes Due 2014

        Bunge Limited Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to [                        ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of $[                        ] U.S. Dollars, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto, on April 15, 2014.

        Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15

        Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

        Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the reverse side hereof.

B-1


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

    BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.

 

 

By:

 


    

Name:
Title:

 

 

 

 

[SEAL]
TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
    AUTHENTICATION
   

SUNTRUST BANK,
as Trustee, certifies that this is one of
the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

 

 

By:

 


Authorized Signatory

 

 

Date:                        , 2004

 

 

B-2


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]

5.350% Senior Note Due 2014

1.     General     

        Bunge Limited Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the " Company "), issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of April 13, 2004, among the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee (as such Indenture may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the " Indenture "). The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the " Trust Indenture Act "). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms.

        The Notes are general unsecured senior obligations of the Company, including (a) U.S. $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes being offered on the Issue Date (subject to Section 2.09 of the Indenture) and (b) any Subsequent Notes. The Notes rank equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company. This Note is one of the Exchange Notes referred to in the Indenture.

        The Company may from time to time, without the consent of existing Holders, create and issue Subsequent Notes having the same terms and conditions as the Initial Notes in all respects, except for the Issue Date, issue price and first payment of interest thereon. Subsequent Notes issued in this manner will be consolidated with and will form a single class with the previously outstanding Notes.

        The Initial Notes, any Subsequent Notes and the Exchange Notes will be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture includes various covenants that limit the ability of the Company, among other things, to engage in any business or transaction, acquire assets or subsidiaries, incur Indebtedness or Liens or enter into any consolidations, mergers, amalgamations or sales of assets. In addition, the Indenture imposes certain limitations on, among other things, (i) the incurrence of Liens by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) Sale-Leaseback Transactions by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) consolidations, mergers, amalgamations and sales of assets of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary.

        To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantor has unconditionally guaranteed such obligations pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. The Guarantee is an unsecured and unsubordinated obligation of the Guarantor and ranks equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and obligations of the Guarantor.

2.     Interest     

        The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above.

        The Company will pay interest semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year commencing October 15, 2004. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes or, if no interest has been paid, from April 13, 2004. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal or premium, if any, plus interest on such interest to the extent

B-3



lawful, at the rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

3.     Method of Payment     

        By at least 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest. The Company will pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 1 or October 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Except as described in the succeeding two sentences, the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in The City of New York, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, at the option of the Company, each installment of interest may be paid by check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Note Register. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified by The Depository Trust Company. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least U.S.$1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

4.     Paying Agent and Registrar     

        Initially, SunTrust Bank (the " Trustee "), will act as Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Noteholder. The Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

5.     Optional Redemption by the Company     

        The Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on at least 30 days but not more than 60 days' prior notice mailed to the registered address of each Holder of Notes to be so redeemed, at a redemption price equal to (a) the greater of (i) 100% of their principal amount to be redeemed or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon from the date of redemption to the date of maturity (except for currently accrued but unpaid interest) discounted to the date of redemption, on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months), at the applicable Treasury Yield (as defined below), plus 20 basis points (such greater amount, the " Redemption Price "), plus (b) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

        For purposes of determining the Redemption Price, the following definitions are applicable:

        " Comparable Treasury Issue " means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Notes.

B-4



        " Comparable Treasury Price " means, with respect to any redemption date, (a) the bid price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) at 4:00 P.M. on the third business day preceding such redemption date, as set forth on "Telerate Page 500" (or such other page as may replace Telerate Page 500), or (b) if such page (or any successor page) is not displayed or does not contain such bid prices at such time (i) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations or (ii) if the Trustee is unable to obtain at least four such Reference Treasury Dealers Quotations, the average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations obtained by the Trustee.

        " Independent Investment Banker " means any of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. or Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, or, if all such firms are unwilling or unable to select the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Trustee and reasonably acceptable to the Company.

        " Reference Treasury Dealer " means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, and two other primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City selected by the Independent Investment Banker (each, a " Primary Treasury Dealer "); provided however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer.

        " Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations " means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date for the Notes, an average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue for the Notes (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on the third business day preceding such redemption date.

        " Treasury Yield " means, with respect to any redemption date applicable to the Notes, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity (computed as of the third business day immediately preceding such redemption date) of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the applicable Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.

        In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Notes of U.S. $1,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable Redemption Price pursuant to the Indenture.

6.     Additional Amounts     

        The Guarantor will, subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, pay to the Holder of any Note additional amounts as necessary so that every net payment made by the Guarantor of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Note, after deducting or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, fee, assessment or other governmental charge imposed on that holder by Bermuda or any other foreign jurisdiction, will not be less than the amount provided in the Note to be then due and payable.

B-5


7.     Denominations; Transfer; Exchange     

        The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of U.S. $1,000 and whole multiples of U.S. $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange (i) any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of Notes to be redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing or (ii) any Notes for a period beginning 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.

8.     Persons Deemed Owners     

        The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

9.     Unclaimed Money     

        If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.

10.     Defeasance     

        Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Securities for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

11.     Amendment, Waiver     

        The Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes; provided , however , that the consent of each Noteholder affected is required to (i) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment of the Indenture, the Notes or specified provisions of the Master Trust Transaction Documents, (ii) reduce the stated rate or extend the stated time for payment of interest on a Note, (iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of a Note, (iv) reduce the premium payable upon redemption of a Note, (v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated herein, (vi) impair the right of a Holder to receive payment under the Note or institute suit for the enforcement of such payment, (vii) make any change to the amendment provisions which require each Holder's consent or the waiver provisions, or (viii) release the Guarantor or modify the Guarantee.

        Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Noteholder, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, or to comply with Article 4 of the Indenture, or to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, or to add guarantees with respect to the Notes, or to secure the Notes, or to add additional covenants of the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, or surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, issue Subsequent Notes, or to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, or to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Noteholder, or to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes.

        Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, any default (other than with respect to nonpayment or in respect of a provision that cannot be amended without the written consent of each

B-6



Noteholder affected) or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

12.     Defaults and Remedies     

        Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (1) default for 30 days in payment of interest or additional interest when due on the Notes; (2) default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes at Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon declaration or otherwise; (3) the failure by the Company or the Guarantor to comply for 60 days after written notice with its other agreements contained in the Indenture or under the Notes (other than those referred to in (1) or (2) above); (4) the failure of the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary (a) to pay the principal of any indebtedness for borrowed money, including obligations evidenced by any mortgage, indenture, bond, debenture, note, guarantee or other similar instruments, on the scheduled or original date due; (b) to pay interest on any such indebtedness beyond any provided grace period; or (c) to observe or perform any agreement or condition relating to such indebtedness, the effect of which is to cause such indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity and such acceleration has not been cured within 15 days after notice of acceleration; provided that an event described in clause (a), (b) or (c) above shall not constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more events of the type described in clauses (a), (b) or (c) shall have occurred or be continuing with respect to indebtedness in an amount exceeding U.S. $50,000,000; or (5) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary (the " bankruptcy events "). However, a default under clause (3) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, of the default and the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, does not cure such default within the time specified in clause (3) hereof after receipt of such notice.

        If an Event of Default other than a bankruptcy event occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes by written notice to the Company to be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default in connection with a bankruptcy event occurs and is continuing, the principal amount of the Notes, the premium, if any, and all accrued and unpaid interest shall be immediately due and payable without any action or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders.

        Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

13.     Trustee Dealings with the Company     

        Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

14.     No Recourse Against Others     

        An incorporator, director, officer, employee, affiliate or stockholder of each of the Company or the Guarantor, solely by reason of this status, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture or the Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

B-7


15.     No Petition     

        By its acquisition of this Note, each Holder hereof agrees that neither it nor the Trustee on its behalf may commence, or join with any other person in the commencement of, a bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding with respect to the Company under any applicable insolvency laws until one year and one date after the Notes and all other Indebtedness of the Company ranking equal with or junior to the Notes in right of payment, including all interest and premium thereon, if any, are paid in full.

16.     Authentication     

        This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication appearing on this Note.

17.     Abbreviations     

        Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

18.     CUSIP Numbers     

        Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

19.     Governing Law     

        This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

        The Company will furnish to any Noteholder upon written request and without charge to the Noteholder a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

    Bunge Limited Finance Corp.
    11720 Borman Drive
    St. Louis, Missouri 63146
    Attention: Francis X. Marchiony, Treasurer

B-8


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Note to




(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)




(Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint                          agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.






Date:     Your Signature:  
 
   



Signature Guarantee:  
 
(Signature must be guaranteed)




Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

B-9


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

Date of
Exchange

  Amount of decrease in Principal Amount of this Global Note

  Amount of increase in Principal Amount of this Global Note

  Principal Amount of this Global Note following such decrease or increase

  Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Securities Custodian

B-10



EXHIBIT C

                                                                                                                          [Date]

Bunge Limited
50 Main Street
White Plains, New York 10606
Attention: Morris M. Kalef/Carey Dubois

SunTrust Bank
25 Park Place
24th Floor
Atlanta, Georgia 30303-2900
Attention: Corporate Trust Department

    Re:   Bunge Limited Finance Corp.
5.350% Senior Notes Due 2014

Dear Sirs:

        This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of U.S.$                        principal amount of the 5.350% Senior Notes Due 2014 (the " Notes ") of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. (the " Company ").

        Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

Name:
 
Address:
 
Taxpayer ID Number:
 

        The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

        1.     We are an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the " Securities Act ")) purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional "accredited investor" at least U.S. $100,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risk of our investment in the Notes and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

        2.     We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date which is two years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the " Resale Restriction Termination Date ") only (a) to the Company or Bunge Limited, as guarantor, (b) pursuant to a registration statement which has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act (" Rule 144A "), to a person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a " QIB ") that purchases Notes for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional "accredited investor" within the meaning

C-1



of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional "accredited investor," in each case in a transaction involving a minimum principal amount of Notes of U.S. $100,000 or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional "accredited investor" (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clauses (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.

    TRANSFEREE:  
     

 

 

BY:

 
     

C-2



EXHIBIT D

                        [Date]

Bunge Limited
50 Main Street
White Plains, New York 10606
Attention: Morris M. Kalef/Carey Dubois

SunTrust Bank
25 Park Place
24th Floor
Atlanta, Georgia 30303-2900
Attention: Corporate Trust Department

        Re:    Bunge Limited Finance Corp.
        5.350% Senior Notes Due 2014 (the "
        Notes ")

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        In connection with our proposed sale of U.S. $                        aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the " Securities Act "), and, accordingly, we represent that:

        the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

        either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

        no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable; and

        the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

        In addition, if the sale is made during a distribution compliance period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be.

        You are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

Very truly yours,

[Name of Transferor]

 
   
   
By:        
   
   


Authorized Signature

 

 

D-1



SCHEDULE 1.1

Designated Obligors and Material Subsidiaries

        The following Subsidiaries constitute all of the Designated Obligors as of the date hereof:

    Bunge Global Markets Inc.

    Bunge N.A. Holdings, Inc.

    Bunge North America, Inc.

    Koninklijke Bunge B.V.

    Bunge Alimentos S.A.

    Bunge Argentina S.A.

    Bunge Fertilizantes International Limited

    Bunge Fertilizantes S.A. (Brazil)

    Ceval International Limited

    Bunge Brasil S.A.

    Bunge S.A.

        The following Subsidiaries constitute all of the Material Subsidiaries as of the date hereof:

    Bunge Argentina, S.A.

    Bunge Fertilizantes S.A.

    Bunge Alimentos S.A.

    Bunge North America, Inc.

    Fosfertil S.A.

    Bunge Brasil S.A.

    Koninklijke Bunge B.V.

    Bunge Global Markets, Inc.


SCHEDULE 3.4

Existing Liens

Subsidiary/Joint
Ventures

  Facility
  Amount
Outstanding

  Description of Collateral
Bunge Argentina S.A.   IFC Loan   $11.4 million   land and buildings
Terminal 6 and Terminal 6I (unconsolidated joint ventures)   IFC Loan
(Bunge's share)
  $20.0 million   shares of stock of Terminal 6 and Terminal 6I
Bunge Brazil/
Bunge Alimentos S.A.
  IFC
Bank/Other
  $15.0 million
$66.1 million
  land and buildings equipment and export notes
Bunge
Fertilizantes S.A./
Fosfertil S.A.
  BNDES (various)



IFC
Other
  $151.8 million



$37.5 million
$3.9 million
  land, equipment, buildings
and shares of stock of
Fosfertil S.A. and Ultrafertil

land and equipment
land and buildings
Bunge Europe   EBRD Loans
Bank facilities
  $22.5 million
$61.0 million
  property
cash



QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES
ARTICLE 3 COVENANTS
ARTICLE 4 SUCCESSOR GUARANTOR
ARTICLE 5 OPTIONAL REDEMPTION OF NOTES
ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE
ARTICLE 8 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENTS
ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEE
ARTICLE 11 MISCELLANEOUS
Designated Obligors and Material Subsidiaries
Existing Liens

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.2

EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE AND SUBSEQUENT NOTE]

[Depository Legend, if applicable]

[Applicable Restricted Notes Legend]

No. [          ]       Principal Amount U.S. $[                          ], as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto

 

 

CUSIP NO.                    

 

 
    ISIN:                              

 

 

5.350% Senior Notes Due 2014

 

 

        Bunge Limited Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to [                          ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of $[                          ] U.S. Dollars, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto, on April 15, 2014.

    Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15
    Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

        Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the reverse side hereof.

A-1


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

    BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.

 

 

By:

 
     
Name:
Title:

 

 

[SEAL]
TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION
   

SUNTRUST BANK,
as Trustee, certifies that this is one of
the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
   
Authorized Signatory
   

Date:                              , 2004

 

 

A-2


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF
INITIAL NOTE AND SUBSEQUENT NOTE]
5.350% Senior Note Due 2014

        1.     General     

        Bunge Limited Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the " Company "), issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of April 13, 2004, among the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee (as such Indenture may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the " Indenture "). The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the " Trust Indenture Act "). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms.

        The Notes are general unsecured senior obligations of the Company, including (a) U.S. $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes being offered on the Issue Date (subject to Section 2.09 of the Indenture) and (b) any Subsequent Notes. The Notes rank equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company. This Note is one of the [Initial] [Subsequent] Notes referred to in the Indenture.

        The Company may from time to time, without the consent of existing Holders, create and issue Subsequent Notes having the same terms and conditions as the Initial Notes in all respects, except for the Issue Date, issue price and first payment of interest thereon. Subsequent Notes issued in this manner will be consolidated with and will form a single class with the previously outstanding Notes.

        The Initial Notes, any Subsequent Notes and the Exchange Notes will be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture includes various covenants that limit the ability of the Company, among other things, to engage in any business or transaction, acquire assets or subsidiaries, incur Indebtedness or Liens or enter into any consolidations, mergers, amalgamations or sales of assets. In addition, the Indenture imposes certain limitations on, among other things, (i) the incurrence of Liens by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) Sale-Leaseback Transactions by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) consolidations, mergers, amalgamations and sales of assets of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary.

        To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantor has unconditionally guaranteed such obligations pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. The Guarantee is an unsecured and unsubordinated obligation of the Guarantor and ranks equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and obligations of the Guarantor.

        2.     Interest     

        The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above.

        The Company will pay interest semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year commencing October 15, 2004. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes or, if no interest has been paid, from April 13, 2004. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal or premium, if any, plus interest on such interest to the extent

A-3


lawful, at the rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

        3.     Method of Payment     

        By at least 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest. The Company will pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 1 or October 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Except as described in the succeeding two sentences, the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in The City of New York, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, at the option of the Company, each installment of interest may be paid by check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Note Register. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified by The Depository Trust Company. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least U.S. $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

        4.     Paying Agent and Registrar     

        Initially, SunTrust Bank (the " Trustee "), will act as Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Noteholder. The Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

        5.     Optional Redemption by the Company     

        The Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on at least 30 days but not more than 60 days' prior notice mailed to the registered address of each Holder of Notes to be so redeemed, at a redemption price equal to (a) the greater of (i) 100% of their principal amount to be redeemed or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon from the date of redemption to the date of maturity (except for currently accrued but unpaid interest) discounted to the date of redemption, on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months), at the applicable Treasury Yield (as defined below), plus 20 basis points (such greater amount, the " Redemption Price "), plus (b) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

        For purposes of determining the Redemption Price, the following definitions are applicable:

        " Comparable Treasury Issue " means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Notes.

A-4



        " Comparable Treasury Price " means, with respect to any redemption date, (a) the bid price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) at 4:00 P.M. on the third business day preceding such redemption date, as set forth on "Telerate Page 500" (or such other page as may replace Telerate Page 500), or (b) if such page (or any successor page) is not displayed or does not contain such bid prices at such time (i) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations or (ii) if the Trustee is unable to obtain at least four such Reference Treasury Dealers Quotations, the average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations obtained by the Trustee.

        " Independent Investment Banker " means any of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. or Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, or, if all such firms are unwilling or unable to select the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Trustee and reasonably acceptable to the Company.

        " Reference Treasury Dealer " means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, and two other primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City selected by the Independent Investment Banker (each, a " Primary Treasury Dealer "); provided however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer.

        " Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations " means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date for the Notes, an average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue for the Notes (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on the third business day preceding such redemption date.

        " Treasury Yield " means, with respect to any redemption date applicable to the Notes, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity (computed as of the third business day immediately preceding such redemption date) of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the applicable Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.

        In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Notes of U.S.$1,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable Redemption Price pursuant to the Indenture.

        6.     Additional Amounts     

        The Guarantor will, subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, pay to the Holder of any Note additional amounts as necessary so that every net payment made by the Guarantor of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Note, after deducting or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, fee, assessment or other governmental charge imposed on that holder by Bermuda or any other foreign jurisdiction, will not be less than the amount provided in the Note to be then due and payable.

A-5



        7.     Denominations; Transfer; Exchange     

        The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of U.S.$1,000 and whole multiples of U.S.$1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange (i) any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of Notes to be redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing or (ii) any Notes for a period beginning 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.

        8.     Persons Deemed Owners     

        The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

        9.     Unclaimed Money     

        If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.

        10.     Defeasance     

        Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Securities for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

        11.     Amendment, Waiver     

        The Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes; provided , however , that the consent of each Noteholder affected is required to (i) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment of the Indenture, the Notes or specified provisions of the Master Trust Transaction Documents, (ii) reduce the stated rate or extend the stated time for payment of interest on a Note, (iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of a Note, (iv) reduce the premium payable upon redemption of a Note, (v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated herein, (vi) impair the right of a Holder to receive payment under the Note or institute suit for the enforcement of such payment, (vii) make any change to the amendment provisions which require each Holder's consent or the waiver provisions, or (viii) release the Guarantor or modify the Guarantee.

        Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Noteholder, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, or to comply with Article 4 of the Indenture, or to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, or to add guarantees with respect to the Notes, or to secure the Notes, or to add additional covenants of the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, or surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, issue Subsequent Notes, or to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, or to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Noteholder, or to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes.

        Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, any default (other than with respect to nonpayment or in respect of a provision that cannot be amended without the written consent of each

A-6



Noteholder affected) or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

        12.     Defaults and Remedies     

        Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (1) default for 30 days in payment of interest or additional interest when due on the Notes; (2) default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes at Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon declaration or otherwise; (3) the failure by the Company or the Guarantor to comply for 60 days after written notice with its other agreements contained in the Indenture or under the Notes (other than those referred to in (1) or (2) above); (4) the failure of the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary (a) to pay the principal of any indebtedness for borrowed money, including obligations evidenced by any mortgage, indenture, bond, debenture, note, guarantee or other similar instruments, on the scheduled or original date due; (b) to pay interest on any such indebtedness beyond any provided grace period; or (c) to observe or perform any agreement or condition relating to such indebtedness, the effect of which is to cause such indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity and such acceleration has not been cured within 15 days after notice of acceleration; provided that an event described in clause (a), (b) or (c) above shall not constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more events of the type described in clauses (a), (b) or (c) shall have occurred or be continuing with respect to indebtedness in an amount exceeding U.S. $50,000,000; or (5) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary (the " bankruptcy events "). However, a default under clause (3) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, of the default and the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, does not cure such default within the time specified in clause (3) hereof after receipt of such notice.

        If an Event of Default other than a bankruptcy event occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes by written notice to the Company to be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default in connection with a bankruptcy event occurs and is continuing, the principal amount of the Notes, the premium, if any, and all accrued and unpaid interest shall be immediately due and payable without any action or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders.

        Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

        13.     Trustee Dealings with the Company     

        Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

        14.     No Recourse Against Others     

        An incorporator, director, officer, employee, affiliate or stockholder, of each of the Company, or the Guarantor, solely by reason of this status, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture or the Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

A-7



        15.     No Petition     

        By its acquisition of this Note, each Holder hereof agrees that neither it nor the Trustee on its behalf may commence, or join with any other person in the commencement of, a bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding with respect to the Company under any applicable insolvency laws until one year and one date after the Notes and all other Indebtedness of the Company ranking equal with or junior to the Notes in right of payment, including all interest and premium thereon, if any, are paid in full.

        16.     Authentication     

        This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication appearing on this Note.

        17.     Abbreviations     

        Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

        18.     CUSIP Numbers     

        Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

        19.     Governing Law     

        This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

        The Company will furnish to any Noteholder upon written request and without charge to the Noteholder a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

      Bunge Limited Finance Corp.
      11720 Borman Drive
      St. Louis, Missouri 63146
      Attention: Francis X. Marchiony, Treasurer

A-8


ASSIGNMENT FORM

            To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

            I or we assign and transfer this Note to


       
   
(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)
   

       
   
(Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)
   

    and irrevocably appoint                          agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.




           
Date:       Your Signature:    
   
     

   
Signature Guarantee:    
   
(Signature must be guaranteed)



Sign exactly as your name
appears on the other side of this Note.

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

A-9


In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:


o

 

1

 

acquired for the undersigned's own account, without transfer; or

o

 

2

 

transferred to the Company; or

o

 

3

 

transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"); or

o

 

4

 

transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or

o

 

5

 

transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or

o

 

6

 

transferred to an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act), that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter appears as Section 2.07 of the Indenture); or

o

 

7

 

transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however , that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Trustee or the Company may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in their sole discretion, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Trustee or the Company may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.


 

 

 

 


Signature

Signature Guarantee:

 

 

 

 


(Signature must be guaranteed)

 

 

 


Signature



 

 

 

 


The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

A-10


TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (1) OR (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

        The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned's foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.




Dated:

A-11


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE
The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:


Date of
Exchange


 

Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of
this Global Note


 

Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of
this Global Note


 

Principal Amount of this
Global Note following such
decrease or increase


 

Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Securities Custodian


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-12



EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]
[Depository Legend, if applicable]

No.    [            ]       Principal Amount U.S. [            ],
as revised by the Schedule of
Increases and Decreases in Global
Note attached hereto

           
        CUSIP NO.  

           
        ISIN:  

5.350% Senior Notes Due 2014

        Bunge Limited Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to [                        ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of $[                        ] U.S. Dollars, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto, on April 15, 2014.

        Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15

        Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

        Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the reverse side hereof.

B-1


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.


 

 

BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Name:
Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[SEAL]

TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION

SUNTRUST BANK,
as Trustee, certifies that this is one of
the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

By:                                                                         
Authorized Signatory

Date:                                   , 2004

B-2


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]

5.350% Senior Note Due 2014

1.
General

        Bunge Limited Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the " Company "), issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of April 13, 2004, among the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee (as such Indenture may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the " Indenture "). The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the " Trust Indenture Act "). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms.

        The Notes are general unsecured senior obligations of the Company, including (a) U.S. $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes being offered on the Issue Date (subject to Section 2.09 of the Indenture) and (b) any Subsequent Notes. The Notes rank equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company. This Note is one of the Exchange Notes referred to in the Indenture.

        The Company may from time to time, without the consent of existing Holders, create and issue Subsequent Notes having the same terms and conditions as the Initial Notes in all respects, except for the Issue Date, issue price and first payment of interest thereon. Subsequent Notes issued in this manner will be consolidated with and will form a single class with the previously outstanding Notes.

        The Initial Notes, any Subsequent Notes and the Exchange Notes will be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture includes various covenants that limit the ability of the Company, among other things, to engage in any business or transaction, acquire assets or subsidiaries, incur Indebtedness or Liens or enter into any consolidations, mergers, amalgamations or sales of assets. In addition, the Indenture imposes certain limitations on, among other things, (i) the incurrence of Liens by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) Sale-Leaseback Transactions by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) consolidations, mergers, amalgamations and sales of assets of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary.

        To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantor has unconditionally guaranteed such obligations pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. The Guarantee is an unsecured and unsubordinated obligation of the Guarantor and ranks equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and obligations of the Guarantor.

2.
Interest

        The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above.

        The Company will pay interest semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year commencing October 15, 2004. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes or, if no interest has been paid, from April 13, 2004. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal or premium, if any, plus interest on such interest to the extent lawful, at the rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

B-3



3.
Method of Payment

        By at least 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest. The Company will pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 1 or October 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Except as described in the succeeding two sentences, the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in The City of New York, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, at the option of the Company, each installment of interest may be paid by check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Note Register. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified by The Depository Trust Company. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least U.S.$1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

4.
Paying Agent and Registrar

        Initially, SunTrust Bank (the " Trustee "), will act as Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Noteholder. The Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

5.
Optional Redemption by the Company

        The Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on at least 30 days but not more than 60 days' prior notice mailed to the registered address of each Holder of Notes to be so redeemed, at a redemption price equal to (a) the greater of (i) 100% of their principal amount to be redeemed or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon from the date of redemption to the date of maturity (except for currently accrued but unpaid interest) discounted to the date of redemption, on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months), at the applicable Treasury Yield (as defined below), plus 20 basis points (such greater amount, the " Redemption Price "), plus (b) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

        For purposes of determining the Redemption Price, the following definitions are applicable:

        " Comparable Treasury Issue " means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Notes.

        " Comparable Treasury Price " means, with respect to any redemption date, (a) the bid price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) at 4:00 P.M. on the

B-4



third business day preceding such redemption date, as set forth on "Telerate Page 500" (or such other page as may replace Telerate Page 500), or (b) if such page (or any successor page) is not displayed or does not contain such bid prices at such time (i) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations or (ii) if the Trustee is unable to obtain at least four such Reference Treasury Dealers Quotations, the average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations obtained by the Trustee.

        " Independent Investment Banker " means any of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. or Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, or, if all such firms are unwilling or unable to select the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Trustee and reasonably acceptable to the Company.

        " Reference Treasury Dealer " means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, and two other primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City selected by the Independent Investment Banker (each, a " Primary Treasury Dealer "); provided however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer.

        " Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations " means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date for the Notes, an average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue for the Notes (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on the third business day preceding such redemption date.

        " Treasury Yield " means, with respect to any redemption date applicable to the Notes, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity (computed as of the third business day immediately preceding such redemption date) of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the applicable Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.

        In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Notes of U.S. $1,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable Redemption Price pursuant to the Indenture.

6.
Additional Amounts

        The Guarantor will, subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, pay to the Holder of any Note additional amounts as necessary so that every net payment made by the Guarantor of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Note, after deducting or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, fee, assessment or other governmental charge imposed on that holder by Bermuda or any other foreign jurisdiction, will not be less than the amount provided in the Note to be then due and payable.

7.
Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

        The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of U.S. $1,000 and whole multiples of U.S. $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate

B-5



endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange (i) any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of Notes to be redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing or (ii) any Notes for a period beginning 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.

8.
Persons Deemed Owners

        The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

9.
Unclaimed Money

        If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.

10.
Defeasance

        Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Securities for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

11.
Amendment, Waiver

        The Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes; provided , however , that the consent of each Noteholder affected is required to (i) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment of the Indenture, the Notes or specified provisions of the Master Trust Transaction Documents, (ii) reduce the stated rate or extend the stated time for payment of interest on a Note, (iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of a Note, (iv) reduce the premium payable upon redemption of a Note, (v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated herein, (vi) impair the right of a Holder to receive payment under the Note or institute suit for the enforcement of such payment, (vii) make any change to the amendment provisions which require each Holder's consent or the waiver provisions, or (viii) release the Guarantor or modify the Guarantee.

        Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Noteholder, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, or to comply with Article 4 of the Indenture, or to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, or to add guarantees with respect to the Notes, or to secure the Notes, or to add additional covenants of the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, or surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, issue Subsequent Notes, or to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, or to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Noteholder, or to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes.

        Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, any default (other than with respect to nonpayment or in respect of a provision that cannot be amended without the written consent of each Noteholder affected) or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

12.
Defaults and Remedies

        Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (1) default for 30 days in payment of interest or additional interest when due on the Notes; (2) default in payment of principal of or premium, if any,

B-6


on the Notes at Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon declaration or otherwise; (3) the failure by the Company or the Guarantor to comply for 60 days after written notice with its other agreements contained in the Indenture or under the Notes (other than those referred to in (1) or (2) above); (4) the failure of the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary (a) to pay the principal of any indebtedness for borrowed money, including obligations evidenced by any mortgage, indenture, bond, debenture, note, guarantee or other similar instruments, on the scheduled or original date due; (b) to pay interest on any such indebtedness beyond any provided grace period; or (c) to observe or perform any agreement or condition relating to such indebtedness, the effect of which is to cause such indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity and such acceleration has not been cured within 15 days after notice of acceleration; provided that an event described in clause (a), (b) or (c) above shall not constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more events of the type described in clauses (a), (b) or (c) shall have occurred or be continuing with respect to indebtedness in an amount exceeding U.S. $50,000,000; or (5) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary (the " bankruptcy events "). However, a default under clause (3) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, of the default and the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, does not cure such default within the time specified in clause (3) hereof after receipt of such notice.

        If an Event of Default other than a bankruptcy event occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes by written notice to the Company to be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default in connection with a bankruptcy event occurs and is continuing, the principal amount of the Notes, the premium, if any, and all accrued and unpaid interest shall be immediately due and payable without any action or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders.

        Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

13.
Trustee Dealings with the Company

        Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

14.
No Recourse Against Others

        An incorporator, director, officer, employee, affiliate or stockholder of each of the Company or the Guarantor, solely by reason of this status, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture or the Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

15.
No Petition

        By its acquisition of this Note, each Holder hereof agrees that neither it nor the Trustee on its behalf may commence, or join with any other person in the commencement of, a bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding with respect to the Company under any applicable insolvency laws until one year and one date after the Notes and all other Indebtedness

B-7



of the Company ranking equal with or junior to the Notes in right of payment, including all interest and premium thereon, if any, are paid in full.

16.
Authentication

        This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication appearing on this Note.

17.
Abbreviations

        Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

18.
CUSIP Numbers

        Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

19.
Governing Law

        This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

        The Company will furnish to any Noteholder upon written request and without charge to the Noteholder a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

        Bunge Limited Finance Corp.
        11720 Borman Drive
        St. Louis, Missouri 63146
        Attention: Francis X. Marchiony, Treasurer

B-8


ASSIGNMENT FORM


To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Note to


(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)




(Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

    and irrevocably appoint                        agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.




Date:       Your Signature:    
   
     



Signature Guarantee:    
   
(Signature must be guaranteed)




Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

B-9


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

Date of
Exchange

  Amount of decrease in Principal Amount of this Global Note

  Amount of increase in Principal Amount of this Global Note

  Principal Amount of this Global Note following such decrease or increase

  Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or Securities Custodian

                 

B-10




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.3

EXECUTION COPY

U.S.$500,000,000

BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.

5.35% Senior Notes Due 2014

Fully and Unconditionally Guaranteed by

BUNGE LIMITED

Exchange And Registration Rights Agreement

April 13, 2004

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
    As Representatives of the
    Initial Purchasers as set forth in
    Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement (defined below)

c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
270 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10017

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Bunge Limited Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the " Company "), proposes to issue and sell to Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (collectively, the " Initial Purchasers "), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in a purchase agreement dated April 7, 2004 (the " Purchase Agreement "), U.S.$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 5.35% Senior Notes Due 2014 (the " Notes ") to be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Bunge Limited, a Bermuda company (the " Guarantor "). The Notes will be issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of April 13, 2004 (the " Indenture ") among the Company, the Guarantor and SunTrust Bank, as trustee (the " Trustee "). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

        As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers thereunder, the Company and the Guarantor agree with the Initial Purchasers, for the benefit of the holders (including the Initial Purchasers) of the Notes and the Exchange Notes (as defined herein) (collectively, the " Holders "), as follows:

        1.     Registered Exchange Offer.     The Company and the Guarantor shall (i) prepare and, not later than 150 days following the date of original issuance of the Notes (the " Issue Date "), file with the



Commission a registration statement (the " Exchange Offer Registration Statement ") on an appropriate form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the " Securities Act ") with respect to a proposed offer to the Holders of the Notes (the " Registered Exchange Offer ") to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities of the Company (the " Exchange Notes ") that are identical in all material respects to the Notes, except for the transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the Notes, (ii) use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act no later than 180 days after the Issue Date and the Registered Exchange Offer to be consummated no later than 210 days after the Issue Date and (iii) keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective until the closing of the Registered Exchange Offer. The Exchange Notes will be issued under the Indenture.

        Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantor shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to exchange Notes for Exchange Notes (assuming that such Holder (a) is not an affiliate of the Company, the Guarantor or an Exchanging Dealer (as defined herein) not complying with the requirements of the next sentence, (b) is not an Initial Purchaser holding Notes that have, or that are reasonably likely to have, the status of an unsold allotment in an initial distribution, (c) acquires the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of such Holder's business and (d) has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes) and to trade such Exchange Notes from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of the several states of the United States. The Company, the Guarantor, the Initial Purchasers and each Exchanging Dealer acknowledge that, pursuant to current interpretations by the Commission's staff of Section 5 of the Securities Act, each Holder that is a broker-dealer electing to exchange Notes, acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, for Exchange Notes (an " Exchanging Dealer ") is required to deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission in connection with any resale of Exchange Notes.

        In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantor shall:

            (a)   mail to each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

            (b)   keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 business days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date on which notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is transmitted to the Holders (such period being called the " Exchange Offer Registration Period ");

            (c)   utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York;

            (d)   permit Holders to withdraw tendered Notes at any time prior to the close of business, New York City time, on the last business day on which the Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; and

            (e)   otherwise comply in all material respects with all laws that are applicable to the Registered Exchange Offer, including, without limitation, ensuring that the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (as of the date of its effectiveness) and any prospectus forming part thereof (as of its date) and any amendments or supplements thereto comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and that such documents do not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (in the case of any prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

2



        As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantor shall:

            (a)   accept for exchange all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;

            (b)   deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Notes so accepted for exchange by the Company and the Guarantor; and

            (c)   cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Notes equal in principal amount to the Notes of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

        The Company and the Guarantor shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the prospectus contained therein in order to permit such prospectus to be used by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as such persons must comply with such requirements in order to resell the Exchange Notes; provided that (i) in the case where such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto are required by law or applicable interpretations thereof by the staff of the Commission to be delivered by an Exchanging Dealer, such period shall be the lesser of 180 days and the date on which all Exchanging Dealers have sold all Exchange Notes held by them and (ii) the Company shall make such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange Notes for a period of not less than 180 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer.

        Interest on each Exchange Note issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Notes surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Notes, from the Issue Date. The Registered Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than (i) that the Registered Exchange Offer, or the making of any exchange by a Holder, does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the Commission, (ii) that no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or before any governmental agency with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer which, in the Company's or the Guarantor's reasonable judgment, would materially impair the ability of the Company and the Guarantor to proceed with the Registered Exchange Offer, (iii) that no law, rule or regulation or applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission has been issued or promulgated which, in the reasonable judgment of the Company or the Guarantor, does not permit the Company and the Guarantor to effect the Registered Exchange Offer and (iv) that the Holders tender the Notes to the Company in accordance with the Registered Exchange Offer.

        Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company that at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (i) any Exchange Notes received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) such Holder has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the distribution of the Notes or the Exchange Notes within the meaning of the Securities Act, (iii) such Holder is not acting on behalf of any Person who could not truthfully make the foregoing representation, (iv) such Holder is not an affiliate of the Company or the Guarantor or, if it is such an affiliate, such Holder will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, and (v) such Holder shall make such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable Commission rules or regulations or interpretations of the staff of the Commission to render the use of Form F-4 or another appropriate form under the Securities Act available or for the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective. To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall inform the Initial Purchasers of the names and addresses of the Holders to whom the Registered Exchange Offer is made, and the Initial Purchasers shall have the right to contact such Holders and otherwise facilitate the tender of Notes in the Registered Exchange Offer.

3



        Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company and the Guarantor will ensure that (i) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

        2.     Shelf Registration.     If, and only if, (i) because of any change in law or applicable interpretations thereof by the staff of the Commission the Company or the Guarantor are not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 1 hereof, or (ii) for any other reason the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within 210 days after the Issue Date, or (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests within 210 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer with respect to Notes not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Notes in the Registered Exchange Offer and held by it following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, or (iv) any applicable law or interpretations do not permit any Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer, or (v) any Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer does not receive freely transferable Exchange Notes in exchange for tendered Notes (other than as a result of such Holder being an affiliate of the Company or the Guarantor), then the following provisions shall apply:

            (a)   The Company and the Guarantor shall use their reasonable best efforts to file as promptly as practicable (but in no event more than 60 days after so required or requested pursuant to this Section 2 and not earlier than 180 days after the Issue Date) with the Commission (the " Shelf Filing Date "), and thereafter shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective, a shelf registration statement on an appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined below) by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution set forth in such registration statement (a " Shelf Registration Statement " and, together with any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a " Registration Statement "); provided, however , that, with respect to Exchange Notes received by the Initial Purchasers in exchange for Notes constituting any portion of an unsold allotment and with respect to Notes or Exchange Notes held by an Exchanging Dealer, the Company and the Guarantor may, if permitted by current interpretations by the staff of the Commission, file a post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement containing the information required by Items 9.B and 9.D of Form 20-F, as applicable, in satisfaction of their obligations under this subsection (a) with respect thereto, and any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as so amended, shall be referred to herein as, and governed by the provision herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement.

            (b)   The Company and the Guarantor shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the prospectus forming part thereof to be used by Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities for a period ending on the earliest of (i) two years from the Issue Date, (ii) the date on which all the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto and (iii) the date on which the Notes become eligible for resale without volume restrictions pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (in any such case, such period being called the " Shelf Registration Period ").

            (c)   Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company and the Guarantor will ensure that (i) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto when it becomes effective, and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material

4



    respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (ii) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto when it becomes effective (in either case, other than with respect to information included therein in reliance upon or in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Holder specifically for use therein (the " Holders' Information ")) does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Shelf Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus (in either case, other than with respect to Holders' Information), does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

        3.     Additional Interest.     (a) If (i) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not filed with the Commission within 150 days after the Issue Date or the Shelf Registration Statement is not filed with the Commission on or before the Shelf Filing Date, (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective within 180 days after the Issue Date or the Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective within 60 days of the Shelf Filing Date, (iii) the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within 210 days after the Issue Date and a Shelf Registration Statement has not been filed, or (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement is filed and declared effective within 60 days after the Shelf Filing Date but shall thereafter cease to be effective (at any time that the Company and the Guarantor are obligated to maintain the effectiveness thereof) or use of the Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus shall be suspended for one or more periods longer than permitted pursuant to Section 3(d) hereof (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a " Registration Default "), the Company and the Guarantor will be jointly and severally obligated to pay additional cash interest to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, during the period of one or more such Registration Defaults, in an amount equal to 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holder during the first 90-day period following such Registration Default, increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum during each subsequent 90-day period up to a maximum of .50% per annum, until each Registration Default has been cured. Such additional interest shall not be payable under more than one of clauses (i) through (iv) at any given time. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of additional interest will cease. As used herein, the term " Transfer Restricted Securities " means each Note until the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which such Note has been exchanged for a freely transferable Exchange Note in the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii) the date on which it has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement or (iii) the date on which it is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or is saleable pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3(a), neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall be required to pay additional interest to a particular Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities if such Holder failed to comply with its obligations to make the representations set forth in the second to last paragraph of Section 1 or failed to provide the information required to be provided by it, if any, pursuant to Section 4(n).

            (b)   The Company shall notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent under the Indenture promptly upon the happening of each and every Registration Default. The additional interest due shall be payable on each interest payment date specified by the Indenture and the Notes in the manner specified in the Indenture. For the purposes described in this Section 3, neither the Company nor the Guarantor may act as Paying Agent. Each obligation to pay additional interest shall be deemed to accrue from and including the date of the applicable Registration Default.

            (c)   The parties hereto agree that the additional interest provided for in this Section 3 constitutes a reasonable estimate of, and is intended to constitute all of, the damages that will be suffered by Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities by reason of the failure of (i) the Shelf

5



    Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be filed, (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement to remain effective or available for use or (iii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective and the Registered Exchange Offer to be consummated, in each case to the extent required by this Agreement.

            (d)   The Company and the Guarantor may, by notice to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities that are the subject of the Shelf Registration Statement at such time in accordance with Section 10(b) hereof, suspend the availability of a Shelf Registration Statement and the use of the related prospectus for up to four periods of up to 30 consecutive days during any 365-day period, but for no more than 90 days in the aggregate during any 365-day period, if any event shall occur or be pending as a result of which it is necessary, in the reasonable judgment of the board of directors of the Company or the Guarantor upon advice of counsel, to suspend the use of the Shelf Registration Statement pending public announcement of such event and, if necessary, to amend the Shelf Registration Statement or amend or supplement any related prospectus or prospectus supplement in order that each such document not include any untrue statement of fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made, without incurring any obligation to pay additional interest pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof. Any such period during which the Company and the Guarantor fail to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective and usable for offers and sales of Transfer Restricted Securities is referred to as a " Suspension Period ." A Suspension Period shall commence on and include the date on which the Company or the Guarantor gives written notice to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities that are the subject of the Shelf Registration Statement at such time of such suspension pursuant to this Section 3(d), and shall end when each such Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities either receives copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus or is advised in writing by the Company or the Guarantor that use of the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement may be resumed.

6


        4.     Registration Procedures.     In connection with any Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply:

            (a)   The Company shall (i) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereof and each supplement, if any, to the prospectus included therein and shall use its reasonable best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably propose; and (ii) if requested by any Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Items 9.B and 9.D of Form 20-F, as applicable, in the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

            (b)   The Company shall advise each Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer that has provided in writing to the Company a telephone number, facsimile number or address for notices, and the Holders (if applicable) and, if requested by any such person, confirm such advice in writing (which advice pursuant to clauses (ii) through (v) of this Section 4(b) shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made):

                (i)  when any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;

               (ii)  of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to any Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information;

              (iii)  of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;

              (iv)  of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Notes or the Exchange Notes for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and

               (v)  of the happening of any event that requires the making of any changes in any Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein in order that the statements therein are not misleading and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

            (c)   The Company and the Guarantor will make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal at the earliest possible time of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement.

            (d)   The Company will furnish (or otherwise make publicly available on the website of the Commission) to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities included within the coverage of any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, at least one conformed copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto including, if any such Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference).

            (e)   The Company will, during the Shelf Registration Period, promptly deliver to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities included within the coverage of any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request; and the Company and the Guarantor consent to the use of such prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

            (f)    The Company will furnish (or otherwise make publicly available on the website of the Commission) to each Initial Purchaser and each Exchanging Dealer, and to any other Holder who so requests, without charge, at least one conformed copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including, if any Initial Purchaser or

7


    Exchanging Dealer or any such Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference).

            (g)   The Company will, during the Exchange Offer Registration Period or the Shelf Registration Period, as applicable, promptly deliver to each Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer and such other persons that are required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of the final prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Initial Purchaser, Exchanging Dealer or other persons may reasonably request; and the Company and the Guarantor consent to the use of such prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any such Initial Purchaser, Exchanging Dealer or other persons, as applicable, as aforesaid.

            (h)   Prior to the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantor will use their reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, or cooperate with the Holders of Notes or Exchange Notes included therein and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of, such Notes or Exchange Notes for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any such Holder reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Notes or Exchange Notes covered by such Registration Statement; provided that the Company and the Guarantor will not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to general service of process or to taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

            (i)    The Company and the Guarantor will cooperate with the Holders of Notes or Exchange Notes to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Notes or Exchange Notes to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders thereof may request in writing prior to sales of Notes or Exchange Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement.

            (j)    If any event contemplated by Section 4(b)(ii) through (v) occurs during the period for which the Company and the Guarantor are required to maintain an effective Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantor will promptly prepare and file with the Commission a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Notes or Exchange Notes from a Holder, the prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

            (k)   The Company will provide a CUSIP number for the Notes and the Exchange Notes, not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, and will provide the Trustee with global certificates for the Notes or the Exchange Notes in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.

            (l)    The Company and the Guarantor will make generally available to its security holders promptly after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement an earning statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.

            (m)  The Company and the Guarantor will cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act as required by applicable law in a timely manner.

            (n)   The Company may require each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities to be registered pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company or their counsel such information concerning the Holder and the distribution of such Transfer Restricted Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in such Shelf Registration Statement, and the Company may exclude from such registration the Transfer Restricted Securities of any Holder that fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.

8


            (o)   In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities to be registered pursuant thereto agrees by acquisition of such Transfer Restricted Securities that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company pursuant to Section 4(b)(ii) through (v), such Holder will discontinue disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities until such Holder's receipt of copies of the supplemental or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(j) or until advised in writing (the " Advice ") by the Company that the use of the applicable prospectus may be resumed. If the Company shall give any notice under Section 4(b)(ii) through (v) during the period that the Company is required to maintain an effective Registration Statement (the " Effectiveness Period "), such Effectiveness Period shall be extended by the number of days during such period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement shall have received (x) the copies of the supplemental or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(j) (if an amended or supplemental prospectus is required) or (y) the Advice (if no amended or supplemental prospectus is required).

            (p)   In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement involving an underwritten offering, the Company and the Guarantor shall enter into such customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other action, if any, as Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and Exchange Notes being sold or the managing underwriters (if any) shall reasonably request in order to facilitate any disposition of Notes and Exchange Notes pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, including, without limitation, (i) causing its counsel to deliver an opinion in customary form, (ii) causing its officers to execute and deliver all customary documents and certificates and (iii) causing its independent public accountants to provide a comfort letter or letters in customary form.

            (q)   In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement involving an underwritten offering, the Guarantor shall (i) make reasonably available for inspection by a representative of, and Special Counsel (as defined below) acting for, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and Exchange Notes being sold and any underwriter participating in any disposition of Notes or Exchange Notes pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Guarantor and its material subsidiaries that are reasonably requested and (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to have its officers, directors, employees, accountants and counsel supply all relevant information reasonably requested by such representative, Special Counsel or any such underwriter (an " Inspector ") in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement; provided that any such records, documents, properties and such information that is designated in writing by the Company and the Guarantor, reasonably and in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such records, documents, properties or information shall be kept confidential by any such representative, underwriter or Special Counsel and shall be used only in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement, unless such information has become available (not in violation of this Agreement) to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality, and except that such representative, underwriter or Special Counsel shall have no liability, and shall not be in breach of this provision, if disclosure of such confidential information is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by applicable law. Each such person will be required to agree or acknowledge that information obtained by it as a result of such inspections shall be deemed confidential and shall not be used by it as the basis for any market transactions in the securities of the Company or the Guarantor unless and until such is made generally available to the public through no fault or action of such person not otherwise permitted under this Section 4(q). Each such Holder of Notes will be required to further agree that it will, upon learning that disclosure of confidential information is necessary, give notice to the Company to allow the Company at its expense to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of such confidential information. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 4(q) to the contrary, such representative, underwriter or Special Counsel shall be entitled to use such confidential information, to the extent it deems

9


    necessary or appropriate, for purposes of establishing any due diligence or other defense under applicable law in connection with any action or claim arising from or relating to any Registration Statement or related prospectus or this Agreement.

        5.     Registration Expenses.     The Company and the Guarantor will bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their obligations under Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4 and the Company and the Guarantor will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of attorneys (in addition to the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with state or other securities or blue sky qualification of any of the Notes or Exchange Notes) chosen by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and the Exchange Notes to be sold pursuant to each Registration Statement (the " Special Counsel ") acting for the Initial Purchasers or Holders in connection therewith. Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder's Notes pursuant to a Registration Statement.

        6.     Indemnification.     (a) In the event of a Shelf Registration Statement or in connection with any prospectus delivery pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement by an Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer, as applicable, each of the Company and the Guarantor shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless each Holder (including, without limitation, any such Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer), its affiliates, their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, and each person, if any, who controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (collectively referred to for purposes of this Section 6 and Section 7 as a Holder) from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof (including, without limitation, any loss, claim, damage, liability or action relating to purchases and sales of Notes or Exchange Notes), to which that Holder may become subject, whether commenced or threatened, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any such Registration Statement or any prospectus forming part thereof or in any amendment or supplement thereto or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and shall reimburse each Holder promptly upon demand for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by that Holder in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the Company and the Guarantor shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any Registration Statement or any prospectus forming a part thereof or any amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with any Holders' Information or information supplied by any Initial Purchasers or Exchanging Dealer expressly for inclusion therein; and provided further , that with respect to any such untrue statement in or omission from any related preliminary prospectus, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 6(a) shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder from whom the person asserting any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action received Notes or Exchange Notes to the extent that such loss, claim, damage, liability or action of or with respect to such Holder results from the fact that both (A) a copy of the final prospectus was not sent or given to such person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Notes or Exchange Notes to such person and (B) the untrue statement in or omission from the related preliminary prospectus was corrected in the final prospectus unless, in either case, such failure to deliver the final prospectus was a result of non-compliance by the Company with Section 4(d), 4(e), 4(f) or 4(g); and provided, further , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 6(a) shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action results from the use by such Holder of a prospectus otherwise than in connection with an offer or sale of Notes or Exchange Notes. Each

10


Holder acknowledges that the indemnity agreement in this subsection (a) does not extend to any liability which such Holder might have under Section 5(b) of the Securities Act by reason of the fact that such Holder sold Notes or Exchange Notes to a person to whom there was not sent or given, at or prior to written confirmation of such sale, a copy of the prospectus.

            (b)   In the event of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantor and their respective affiliates, their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, and each person, if any, who controls the Company or the Guarantor within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (collectively referred to for purposes of this Section 6(b) and Section 7 as the Company), from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof, to which the Company may become subject, whether commenced or threatened, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any such Registration Statement or any prospectus forming part thereof or in any amendment or supplement thereto or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with any Holders' Information furnished to the Company by such Holder, and shall reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred.

            (c)   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action, the indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party pursuant to Section 6(a) or 6(b), notify the indemnifying party in writing of the claim or the commencement of that action; provided , however , that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 6 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) or harmed by such failure; and provided further , that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 6. If any such claim or action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such claim or action, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party under this Section 6 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than the reasonable costs of investigation; provided , however , that an indemnified party shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action, but the fees, expenses and other charges of such counsel for the indemnified party will be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (1) the employment of counsel by the indemnified party has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party, (2) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based upon advice of counsel to the indemnified party) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, (3) a conflict or potential conflict exists (based upon advice of counsel to the indemnified party) between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party will not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party) or (4) the indemnifying party has not in fact employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the

11


    indemnified party to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action, in each of which cases the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel will be at the expense of the indemnifying party or parties. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any one time for all such indemnified party or parties. Each indemnified party, as a condition of the indemnity agreements contained in Sections 6(a) and 6(b), shall use its reasonable best efforts to cooperate with the indemnifying party in the defense of any such action or claim. No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any such action effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with its written consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff in any such action, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested that an indemnifying party reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this Section 6(c), the indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 days after receipt by the indemnifying party of such request and (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement; provided that an indemnifying party shall not be liable for any such settlement effected without its consent if such indemnifying party (1) reimburses such indemnified party in accordance with such request to the extent it considers, in good faith, to be reasonable and (2) provides written notice to the indemnified party substantiating the unpaid balance as unreasonable, in each case prior to the date of settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

        7.     Contribution.     If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 6(a) or 6(b), then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantor from the offering and sale of the Notes, on the one hand, and a Holder with respect to the sale by such Holder of Notes or Exchange Notes, on the other hand, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantor on the one hand and such Holder on the other hand with respect to the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantor on the one hand and a Holder on the other hand with respect to such offering and such sale shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Notes (before deducting expenses) received by or on behalf of the Company as set forth in the Offering Memorandum, on the one hand, and the total proceeds received by such Holder with respect to its sale of Notes or Exchange Notes, on the other hand, bear to the total gross proceeds from the sale of the Notes or Exchange Notes. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or

12


alleged omission to state a material fact relates to the Company and the Guarantor or information supplied by the Company and the Guarantor on the one hand or to any Holders' Information supplied by such Holder on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 7 were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 7 and subject to the limitations described herein, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, an indemnifying party that is a Holder of Notes or Exchange Notes shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Notes or Exchange Notes sold by such indemnifying party to any purchaser exceeds the amount of any damages which such indemnifying party has otherwise paid or become liable to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

        8.     Rules 144 and 144A.     Each of the Company and the Guarantor shall use its reasonable best efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner so long as necessary to permit sales of such Holder's securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A. The Company and the Guarantor covenant that they will take such further action as any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Transfer Restricted Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including, without limitation, the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4) in the event that the Company or the Guarantor ceases to be a company subject to or in compliance with Schedule 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act). Upon the written request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Company and the Guarantor shall deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 8 shall be deemed to require the Company to register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act.

        9.     Underwritten Registrations.     If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering, subject to the consent of the Company (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and such Holders shall be responsible for all underwriting commissions and discounts in connection therewith.

        No person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person's Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

        10.     Miscellaneous.     (a)     Amendments and Waivers.     The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and the Exchange Notes, taken as a single class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Notes or Exchange Notes are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and the Exchange Notes being sold by such Holders pursuant to such Registration Statement.

13


        (b)     Notices.     All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery at the addresses set forth below (unless such party notifies the other parties hereto in writing of an alternative address):

              (i)  if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10(b), which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy in like manner to the Initial Purchasers at the addresses set forth in the Purchase Agreement;

             (ii)  if to an Initial Purchaser, at the addresses set forth in the Purchase Agreement;

            (iii)  if to the Company, at the address of the Company set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and

            (iv)  if to the Guarantor, at the address of the Guarantor set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

        All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; one business day after being delivered to a next-day air courier; five business days after being deposited in the mail; and when receipt is acknowledged by the recipient's telecopier machine, if sent by telecopier.

        (c)     Successors And Assigns.     This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company, the Guarantor and their respective successors, assigns and transferees, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Exchange Notes in violation of the terms hereof or of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Exchange Notes in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Exchange Notes shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Exchange Notes, such person shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound by, and to perform its obligations under, this Agreement, including the restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, the Purchase Agreement, and such person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof.

        (d)     Counterparts.     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (which may be delivered in original form or by telecopier) and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

        (e)     Definition of Terms.     For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the term " business day " means any day on which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. is open for trading, and (b) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term " affiliate " has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

        (f)     Headings.     The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

        (g)     Governing Law.     This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

        (h)     Consent to Jurisdiction.     The Guarantor irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any New York state or U.S. federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in any suit, action or proceeding relating to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. The Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York state or U.S. federal court. The Guarantor also hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to venue or the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding in any such court.

14



        (i)     Appointment of Agent for Service of Process.     The Guarantor hereby (i) irrevocably designates and appoints its Chief Financial Officer (from time to time) located at its principal executive offices at 50 Main Street, White Plains, New York 10606 (together with any successor, the " Authorized Agent "), as its agent upon which process may be served in any suit, action or proceeding described in the first sentence of Section 10(h) hereof and represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has accepted such designation and (ii) agrees that service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of said service to the Guarantor mailed or delivered to its Secretary at its registered office at 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Guarantor in any such suit or proceeding. The Guarantor further agrees to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of the Authorized Agent in full force and effect so long as any of the Notes shall be outstanding.

        (j)     Foreign Taxes.     All payments to be made by the Guarantor under this Agreement shall be paid free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges of whatever nature, imposed by Bermuda or any other jurisdiction in which the Guarantor is located or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, and all interest, penalties or similar liabilities with respect thereto (collectively, " Taxes "). If any Taxes are required by law to be deducted or withheld in connection with such payments, the Guarantor will increase the amount paid so that the full amount of such payment is received by the Holders.

        (k)     Judgment Currency.     If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder into any currency other than U.S. dollars, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures a Holder could purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency in the City of New York on the business day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Guarantor with respect to any sum due from it to any Holder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than U.S. dollars, be discharged only if and to the extent that on the first business day following receipt by such Holder of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency, such Holder may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency. If the U.S. dollars so purchased are less than the sum originally due to such Holder hereunder, the Guarantor agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Holder against such loss. If the U.S. dollars so purchased are greater than the sum originally due to such Holder hereunder, such Holder agrees to pay to the Guarantor an amount equal to the excess of the U.S. dollars so purchased over the sum originally due to such Holder hereunder.

        (l)     Remedies.     In the event of a breach by the Company or the Guarantor or by any Holder of any of their respective obligations under this Agreement, each Holder or the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages (other than the recovery of damages for a breach by the Company or the Guarantor of their obligations under Sections 1 or 2 hereof for which additional interest has been paid pursuant to Section 3 hereof), will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement.

        (m)     No Inconsistent Agreements.     Each of the Company and the Guarantor represents, warrants and agrees that (i) it has not entered into, shall not, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof, (ii) it has not previously entered into any agreement which remains in effect granting any registration rights with respect to any of its debt securities to any person and (iii) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Transfer Restricted

15



Securities, it shall not grant to any person the right to request the Company to register any debt securities of the Company under the Securities Act unless the rights so granted are not in conflict or inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

        (n)     No Piggyback on Registrations.     Neither the Company nor any of its security holders (other than the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities in such capacity) shall have the right to include any securities of the Company in any Registered Exchange Offer other than Transfer Restricted Securities.

        (o)     Severability.     The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their reasonable best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

        (p)     Securities Held by the Company.     Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Notes is required hereunder, Notes held by the Company, the Guarantor or their affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Notes if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Notes) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

        (q)     Third Party Beneficiaries.     The Holders shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Company and the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent they may deem such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect their rights or the rights of Holders hereunder.

16


        Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement among the Company, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers.

    Very truly yours,

 

 

BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.

 

 

By

/s/  
MORRIS KALEF       
     
Name:  Morris Kalef
Title:    President

 

 

BUNGE LIMITED

 

 

By

/s/  
WILLIAM M. WELLS       
     
Name:  William M. Wells
Title:    Chief Financial Officer

 

 

By

/s/  
MORRIS KALEF       
     
Name:  Morris Kalef
Title:    Treasurer

17



 

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
    
As Representatives of the Initial Purchasers
    as listed on Schedule 1 to the Purchase Agreement

 

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

 

 

By

/s/  
MARC MANSOURIAN       
     
Authorized Signatory

 

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

 

 

By

/s/  
CARL MEHLDAU       
     
Authorized Signatory

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED

 

 

By

/s/  
JOHN MCCANN       
     
Authorized Signatory

18




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 5.1

         August 13, 2004

Bunge Limited
Bunge Limited Finance Corp.
50 Main Street, 6th Floor
White Plains, NY 10606

    Re:   Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to 5.35% Senior Notes due 2014

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        This opinion letter is furnished to you in connection with a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the "Registration Statement") relating to the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), of the issuance and exchange of up to $500,000,000 original principal amount of 5.35% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Exchange Senior Notes") of Bunge Limited Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation ("Bunge Limited Finance" or the "Company"), and the guarantee of the obligations represented by the Exchange Senior Notes (the "Guarantee" and, together with the Exchange Senior Notes, the "Securities") by Bunge Limited, a company organized with limited liability under the laws of Bermuda ("Bunge" or the "Guarantor" and, together with Bunge Limited Finance, the "Companies").

        The Securities are to be issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of April 13, 2004 (the "Indenture"), among the Company, the Guarantor, and SunTrust Bank, as trustee (the "Trustee"), which Indenture includes the Guarantee of the Exchange Senior Notes. The Securities are to be issued in an exchange offer (the "Exchange Offer") for a like aggregate original principal amount of 5.35% Senior Notes due 2014 currently outstanding (the "Outstanding Notes") in accordance with the terms of an Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2004 (the "Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement") by and among the Company, the Guarantor, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as representatives of the Initial Purchasers (as defined therein) relating to the Outstanding Notes, which is filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement.


Bunge Limited Finance Corp.
August 13, 2004
Page 2

        We are acting as United States counsel for the Company and the Guarantor in connection with the issuance by the Company and the Guarantor of the Securities. We have examined signed copies of the Registration Statement. We have also examined and relied upon the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the Indenture, resolutions adopted by the board of directors of the Company, as provided to us by the Company, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws of the Company, as restated and/or amended to date, and such other documents as we have deemed necessary for purposes of rendering the opinions hereinafter set forth. We have assumed the due authorization, execution and delivery by the Guarantor of the Indenture.

        In our examination of the foregoing documents, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies, the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents and the legal competence of all signatories to such documents.

        We express no opinion herein as to the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the state laws of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, including the applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and reported decisions interpreting those laws, and the federal laws of the United States of America.

        Our opinions as expressed herein are subject to the following qualifications and comments:

            (a)    The enforceability of the Securities and the obligations of the Companies thereunder and the availability of certain rights and remedial provisions provided for in the Securities is subject to (1) the effect of applicable bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation, conservatorship, and moratorium laws, and is subject to limitations imposed by other laws and judicial decisions relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally, (2) the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in proceedings at law or in equity) upon the availability of injunctive relief or other equitable remedies, including, without limitation, where (i) the breach of such covenants or provisions imposes restrictions or burdens upon a debtor and it cannot be demonstrated that the enforcement of such remedies, restrictions or burdens is reasonably necessary for the pr